Main
I. Getting Started
- 1. Introduction
- What is PHP?
- What can PHP do?
- 2. A simple tutorial
- What do I need?
- Your first PHP-enabled page
- Something Useful
- Dealing with Forms
- Using old code with new versions of PHP
- What's next?
II. Installation and Configuration
- 1. General Installation Considerations
- 2. Installation on Unix systems
- Apache 1.3.x on Unix systems
- Apache 2.0 on Unix systems
- Caudium
- fhttpd related notes
- Sun, iPlanet and Netscape servers on Sun Solaris
- CGI environment and recommended modifications in php.ini
- Special use for error pages or self-made directory listings (PHP >= 4.3.3)
- Note about nsapi_virtual and subrequests (PHP >= 4.3.3)
- CGI and command line setups
- Testing
- Benchmarking
- Using Variables
- HP-UX specific installation notes
- OpenBSD installation notes
- Using Binary Packages
- Using Ports
- Common Problems
- Older Releases
- Solaris specific installation tips
- Required software
- Using Packages
- Debian GNU/Linux installation notes
- Using APT
- Better control on configuration
- Common Problems
- 3. Installation on Mac OS X
- Using Packages
- Using the bundled PHP
- Compiling for OS X Server
- Compiling for MacOS X Client
- 4. Installation on Windows systems
- Windows Installer (PHP 5.2 and later)
- Normal Install
- Silent Install
- Upgrading PHP with the Install
- Windows Installer (PHP 5.1.0 and earlier)
- Manual Installation Steps
- ActiveScript
- Microsoft IIS / PWS
- General considerations for all installations of PHP with IIS or PWS
- Windows NT/200x/XP and IIS 4 or newer
- Windows and PWS 4
- Windows and PWS/IIS 3
- Apache 1.3.x on Microsoft Windows
- Installing as an Apache module
- Installing as a CGI binary
- Apache 2.0.x on Microsoft Windows
- Installing as a CGI binary
- Installing as an Apache module
- Sun, iPlanet and Netscape servers on Microsoft Windows
- CGI setup on Sun, iPlanet and Netscape servers
- NSAPI setup on Sun, iPlanet and Netscape servers
- CGI environment and recommended modifications in php.ini
- Special use for error pages or self-made directory listings (PHP >= 4.3.3)
- Note about nsapi_virtual and subrequests (PHP >= 4.3.3)
- OmniHTTPd Server
- Sambar Server on Microsoft Windows
- Xitami on Microsoft Windows
- Building from source
- Requirements
- Putting it all together
- Build resolv.lib
- Building PHP using the new build system [PHP >=5 only]
- Building PHP using DSW files [PHP 4]
- Installation of extensions on Windows
- 5. Installation of PECL extensions
- Introduction to PECL Installations
- Downloading PECL extensions
- PECL for Windows users
- Compiling shared PECL extensions with the pecl command
- Compiling shared PECL extensions with phpize
- Compiling PECL extensions statically into PHP
- 6. Problems?
- Read the FAQ
- Other problems
- Bug reports
- 7. Runtime Configuration
- The configuration file
- How to change configuration settings
- Running PHP as an Apache module
- Changing PHP configuration via the Windows registry
- Other interfaces to PHP
III. Language Reference
- 1. Basic syntax
- Escaping from HTML
- Instruction separation
- Comments
- 2. Types
- Introduction
- Booleans
- Syntax
- Converting to boolean
- Integers
- Syntax
- Integer overflow
- Converting to integer
- Floating point numbers
- Converting to float
- Strings
- Syntax
- Useful functions and operators
- Converting to string
- String conversion to numbers
- Arrays
- Syntax
- Useful functions
- Array do's and don'ts
- Converting to array
- Comparing
- Examples
- Objects
- Object Initialization
- Converting to object
- Resource
- Converting to resource
- Freeing resources
- NULL
- Syntax
- Pseudo-types and variables used in this documentation
- mixed
- number
- callback
- void
- ...
- Type Juggling
- Type Casting
- 3. Variables
- Basics
- Predefined variables
- Variable scope
- The global keyword
- Using static variables
- References with global and static variables
- Variable variables
- Variables from outside PHP
- HTML Forms (GET and POST)
- HTTP Cookies
- Dots in incoming variable names
- Determining variable types
- 4. Constants
- Syntax
- Magic constants
- 5. Expressions
- 6. Operators
- Operator Precedence
- Arithmetic Operators
- Assignment Operators
- Bitwise Operators
- Comparison Operators
- Ternary Operator
- Error Control Operators
- Execution Operators
- Incrementing/Decrementing Operators
- Logical Operators
- String Operators
- Array Operators
- Type Operators
- 7. Control Structures
- if
- else
- elseif
- Alternative syntax for control structures
- while
- do-while
- for
- foreach
- break
- continue
- switch
- declare
- Ticks
- return
- require
- include
- require_once
- include_once
- 8. Functions
- User-defined functions
- Function arguments
- Making arguments be passed by reference
- Default argument values
- Variable-length argument lists
- Returning values
- Variable functions
- Internal (built-in) functions
- 9. Classes and Objects (PHP 4)
- class
- extends
- Constructors
- Scope Resolution Operator (::)
- parent
- Serializing objects - objects in sessions
- The magic functions __sleep and __wakeup
- References inside the constructor
- Comparing objects
- 10. Classes and Objects (PHP 5)
- Introduction
- The Basics
- class
- new
- extends
- Autoloading Objects
- Constructors and Destructors
- Constructor
- Destructor
- Visibility
- Members Visibility
- Method Visibility
- Scope Resolution Operator (::)
- Static Keyword
- Class Constants
- Class Abstraction
- Object Interfaces
- implements
- Examples
- Overloading
- Member overloading
- Method overloading
- Object Iteration
- Patterns
- Factory
- Singleton
- Magic Methods
- __sleep and __wakeup
- __toString
- __set_state
- Final Keyword
- Object cloning
- Comparing objects
- Reflection
- Table of Contents
- Introduction
Reflector
ReflectionException
ReflectionFunction
ReflectionParameter
ReflectionClass
ReflectionObject
ReflectionMethod
ReflectionProperty
ReflectionExtension
- Extending the reflection classes
- Type Hinting
- Late Static Bindings
- Limitations of self::
- Late Static Bindings' usage
- Edge cases
- 11. Exceptions
- Extending Exceptions
- 12. References Explained
- What References Are
- What References Do
- What References Are Not
- Passing by Reference
- Returning References
- Unsetting References
- Spotting References
- global References
- $this
IV. Security
- 1. Introduction
- 2. General considerations
- 3. Installed as CGI binary
- Possible attacks
- Case 1: only public files served
- Case 2: using --enable-force-cgi-redirect
- Case 3: setting doc_root or user_dir
- Case 4: PHP parser outside of web tree
- 4. Installed as an Apache module
- 5. Filesystem Security
- Null bytes related issues
- 6. Database Security
- Designing Databases
- Connecting to Database
- Encrypted Storage Model
- SQL Injection
- Avoiding techniques
- 7. Error Reporting
- 8. Using Register Globals
- 9. User Submitted Data
- 10. Magic Quotes
- What are Magic Quotes
- Why use Magic Quotes
- Why not to use Magic Quotes
- Disabling Magic Quotes
- 11. Hiding PHP
- 12. Keeping Current
V. Features
- 1. HTTP authentication with PHP
- 2. Cookies
- 3. Sessions
- 4. Dealing with XForms
- 5. Handling file uploads
- POST method uploads
- Error Messages Explained
- Common Pitfalls
- Uploading multiple files
- PUT method support
- 6. Using remote files
- 7. Connection handling
- 8. Persistent Database Connections
- 9. Safe Mode
- Security and Safe Mode
- Functions restricted/disabled by safe mode
- 10. Using PHP from the command line
VI. Function Reference
- I. .NET
-
dotnet_load — Loads a DOTNET module
- II. Apache
-
apache_child_terminate — Terminate apache process after this request
-
apache_get_modules — Get a list of loaded Apache modules
-
apache_get_version — Fetch Apache version
-
apache_getenv — Get an Apache subprocess_env variable
-
apache_lookup_uri — Perform a partial request for the specified URI and return all info about it
-
apache_note — Get and set apache request notes
-
apache_request_headers — Fetch all HTTP request headers
-
apache_reset_timeout — Reset the Apache write timer
-
apache_response_headers — Fetch all HTTP response headers
-
apache_setenv — Set an Apache subprocess_env variable
-
ascii2ebcdic — Translate string from ASCII to EBCDIC
-
ebcdic2ascii — Translate string from EBCDIC to ASCII
-
getallheaders — Fetch all HTTP request headers
-
virtual — Perform an Apache sub-request
- III. APC
-
apc_add —
Cache a variable in the data store (only if it's not stored)
-
apc_cache_info —
Retrieves cached information (and meta-data) from APC's data store
-
apc_clear_cache —
Clears the APC cache
-
apc_compile_file —
Stores a file in the bytecode cache, bypassing all filters.
-
apc_define_constants —
Defines a set of constants for retrieval and mass-definition
-
apc_delete —
Removes a stored variable from the cache
-
apc_fetch —
Fetch a stored variable from the cache
-
apc_load_constants —
Loads a set of constants from the cache
-
apc_sma_info —
Retrieves APC's Shared Memory Allocation information
-
apc_store —
Cache a variable in the data store
- IV. APD
-
apd_breakpoint — Stops the interpreter and waits on a CR from the socket
-
apd_callstack — Returns the current call stack as an array
-
apd_clunk — Throw a warning and a callstack
-
apd_continue — Restarts the interpreter
-
apd_croak — Throw an error, a callstack and then exit
-
apd_dump_function_table — Outputs the current function table
-
apd_dump_persistent_resources — Return all persistent resources as an array
-
apd_dump_regular_resources — Return all current regular resources as an array
-
apd_echo — Echo to the debugging socket
-
apd_get_active_symbols — Get an array of the current variables names in the local scope
-
apd_set_pprof_trace — Starts the session debugging
-
apd_set_session_trace — Starts the session debugging
-
apd_set_session — Changes or sets the current debugging level
-
apd_set_socket_session_trace — Starts the remote session debugging
-
override_function — Overrides built-in functions
-
rename_function — Renames orig_name to new_name in the global function table
- V. Arrays
-
array_change_key_case — Changes all keys in an array
-
array_chunk — Split an array into chunks
-
array_combine — Creates an array by using one array for keys and another for its values
-
array_count_values — Counts all the values of an array
-
array_diff_assoc — Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check
-
array_diff_key — Computes the difference of arrays using keys for comparison
-
array_diff_uassoc — Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check which is performed by a user supplied callback function
-
array_diff_ukey — Computes the difference of arrays using a callback function on the keys for comparison
-
array_diff — Computes the difference of arrays
-
array_fill_keys — Fill an array with values, specifying keys
-
array_fill — Fill an array with values
-
array_filter — Filters elements of an array using a callback function
-
array_flip — Exchanges all keys with their associated values in an array
-
array_intersect_assoc — Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check
-
array_intersect_key — Computes the intersection of arrays using keys for comparison
-
array_intersect_uassoc — Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check, compares indexes by a callback function
-
array_intersect_ukey — Computes the intersection of arrays using a callback function on the keys for comparison
-
array_intersect — Computes the intersection of arrays
-
array_key_exists — Checks if the given key or index exists in the array
-
array_keys — Return all the keys of an array
-
array_map — Applies the callback to the elements of the given arrays
-
array_merge_recursive — Merge two or more arrays recursively
-
array_merge — Merge one or more arrays
-
array_multisort — Sort multiple or multi-dimensional arrays
-
array_pad — Pad array to the specified length with a value
-
array_pop — Pop the element off the end of array
-
array_product — Calculate the product of values in an array
-
array_push — Push one or more elements onto the end of array
-
array_rand — Pick one or more random entries out of an array
-
array_reduce — Iteratively reduce the array to a single value using a callback function
-
array_reverse — Return an array with elements in reverse order
-
array_search — Searches the array for a given value and returns the corresponding key if successful
-
array_shift — Shift an element off the beginning of array
-
array_slice — Extract a slice of the array
-
array_splice — Remove a portion of the array and replace it with something else
-
array_sum — Calculate the sum of values in an array
-
array_udiff_assoc — Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check, compares data by a callback function
-
array_udiff_uassoc — Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check, compares data and indexes by a callback function
-
array_udiff — Computes the difference of arrays by using a callback function for data comparison
-
array_uintersect_assoc — Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check, compares data by a callback function
-
array_uintersect_uassoc — Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check, compares data and indexes by a callback functions
-
array_uintersect — Computes the intersection of arrays, compares data by a callback function
-
array_unique — Removes duplicate values from an array
-
array_unshift — Prepend one or more elements to the beginning of an array
-
array_values — Return all the values of an array
-
array_walk_recursive — Apply a user function recursively to every member of an array
-
array_walk — Apply a user function to every member of an array
-
array — Create an array
-
arsort — Sort an array in reverse order and maintain index association
-
asort — Sort an array and maintain index association
-
compact — Create array containing variables and their values
-
count — Count elements in an array, or properties in an object
-
current — Return the current element in an array
-
each — Return the current key and value pair from an array and advance the array cursor
-
end — Set the internal pointer of an array to its last element
-
extract — Import variables into the current symbol table from an array
-
in_array — Checks if a value exists in an array
-
key — Fetch a key from an associative array
-
krsort — Sort an array by key in reverse order
-
ksort — Sort an array by key
-
list — Assign variables as if they were an array
-
natcasesort — Sort an array using a case insensitive "natural order" algorithm
-
natsort — Sort an array using a "natural order" algorithm
-
next — Advance the internal array pointer of an array
-
pos — Alias of current()
-
prev — Rewind the internal array pointer
-
range — Create an array containing a range of elements
-
reset — Set the internal pointer of an array to its first element
-
rsort — Sort an array in reverse order
-
shuffle — Shuffle an array
-
sizeof — Alias of count()
-
sort — Sort an array
-
uasort — Sort an array with a user-defined comparison function and maintain index association
-
uksort — Sort an array by keys using a user-defined comparison function
-
usort — Sort an array by values using a user-defined comparison function
- VI. Aspell
-
aspell_check_raw —
Check a word without changing its case or trying to trim it [deprecated]
-
aspell_check — Check a word [deprecated]
-
aspell_new — Load a new dictionary [deprecated]
-
aspell_suggest — Suggest spellings of a word [deprecated]
- VII. BBCode
-
bbcode_add_element — Adds a bbcode element
-
bbcode_add_smiley — Adds a smiley to the parser
-
bbcode_create — Create a BBCode Resource
-
bbcode_destroy — Close BBCode_container resource
-
bbcode_parse — Parse a string following a given rule set
-
bbcode_set_arg_parser — Attach another parser in order to use another rule set for argument parsing
-
bbcode_set_flags — Set or alter parser options
- VIII. BC math
-
bcadd — Add two arbitrary precision numbers
-
bccomp — Compare two arbitrary precision numbers
-
bcdiv — Divide two arbitrary precision numbers
-
bcmod — Get modulus of an arbitrary precision number
-
bcmul — Multiply two arbitrary precision number
-
bcpow — Raise an arbitrary precision number to another
-
bcpowmod — Raise an arbitrary precision number to another, reduced by a specified modulus
-
bcscale — Set default scale parameter for all bc math functions
-
bcsqrt — Get the square root of an arbitrary precision number
-
bcsub — Subtract one arbitrary precision number from another
- IX. bcompiler
-
bcompiler_load_exe — Reads and creates classes from a bcompiler exe file
-
bcompiler_load — Reads and creates classes from a bz compressed file
-
bcompiler_parse_class — Reads the bytecodes of a class and calls back to a user function
-
bcompiler_read — Reads and creates classes from a filehandle
-
bcompiler_write_class — Writes an defined class as bytecodes
-
bcompiler_write_constant — Writes a defined constant as bytecodes
-
bcompiler_write_exe_footer — Writes the start pos, and sig to the end of a exe type file
-
bcompiler_write_file — Writes a php source file as bytecodes
-
bcompiler_write_footer — Writes the single character \x00 to indicate End of compiled data
-
bcompiler_write_function — Writes an defined function as bytecodes
-
bcompiler_write_functions_from_file — Writes all functions defined in a file as bytecodes
-
bcompiler_write_header — Writes the bcompiler header
-
bcompiler_write_included_filename — Writes an included file as bytecodes
- X. Bzip2
-
bzclose — Close a bzip2 file
-
bzcompress — Compress a string into bzip2 encoded data
-
bzdecompress — Decompresses bzip2 encoded data
-
bzerrno — Returns a bzip2 error number
-
bzerror —
Returns the bzip2 error number and error string in an array
-
bzerrstr — Returns a bzip2 error string
-
bzflush — Force a write of all buffered data
-
bzopen — Opens a bzip2 compressed file
-
bzread — Binary safe bzip2 file read
-
bzwrite — Binary safe bzip2 file write
- XI. Calendar
-
cal_days_in_month — Return the number of days in a month for a given year and calendar
-
cal_from_jd — Converts from Julian Day Count to a supported calendar
-
cal_info — Returns information about a particular calendar
-
cal_to_jd — Converts from a supported calendar to Julian Day Count
-
easter_date — Get Unix timestamp for midnight on Easter of a given year
-
easter_days — Get number of days after March 21 on which Easter falls for a given year
-
FrenchToJD — Converts a date from the French Republican Calendar to a Julian Day Count
-
GregorianToJD — Converts a Gregorian date to Julian Day Count
-
JDDayOfWeek — Returns the day of the week
-
JDMonthName — Returns a month name
-
JDToFrench — Converts a Julian Day Count to the French Republican Calendar
-
JDToGregorian — Converts Julian Day Count to Gregorian date
-
jdtojewish — Converts a Julian day count to a Jewish calendar date
-
JDToJulian — Converts a Julian Day Count to a Julian Calendar Date
-
jdtounix — Convert Julian Day to Unix timestamp
-
JewishToJD — Converts a date in the Jewish Calendar to Julian Day Count
-
JulianToJD — Converts a Julian Calendar date to Julian Day Count
-
unixtojd — Convert Unix timestamp to Julian Day
- XII. CCVS
-
ccvs_add — Add data to a transaction
-
ccvs_auth — Perform credit authorization test on a transaction
-
ccvs_command —
Performs a command which is peculiar to a single protocol,
and thus is not available in the general CCVS API
-
ccvs_count —
Find out how many transactions of a given type are stored in the system
-
ccvs_delete — Delete a transaction
-
ccvs_done — Terminate CCVS engine and do cleanup work
-
ccvs_init — Initialize CCVS for use
-
ccvs_lookup —
Look up an item of a particular type in the database #
-
ccvs_new — Create a new, blank transaction
-
ccvs_report — Return the status of the background communication process
-
ccvs_return —
Transfer funds from the merchant to the credit card holder
-
ccvs_reverse —
Perform a full reversal on an already-processed authorization
-
ccvs_sale —
Transfer funds from the credit card holder to the merchant
-
ccvs_status — Check the status of an invoice
-
ccvs_textvalue — Get text return value for previous function call
-
ccvs_void —
Perform a full reversal on a completed transaction
- XIII. Classes/Objects
-
call_user_method_array — Call a user method given with an array of parameters [deprecated]
-
call_user_method — Call a user method on an specific object [deprecated]
-
class_exists — Checks if the class has been defined
-
get_class_methods — Gets the class methods' names
-
get_class_vars — Get the default properties of the class
-
get_class — Returns the name of the class of an object
-
get_declared_classes — Returns an array with the name of the defined classes
-
get_declared_interfaces — Returns an array of all declared interfaces
-
get_object_vars — Gets the properties of the given object
-
get_parent_class — Retrieves the parent class name for object or class
-
interface_exists — Checks if the interface has been defined
-
is_a — Checks if the object is of this class or has this class as one of its parents
-
is_subclass_of — Checks if the object has this class as one of its parents
-
method_exists — Checks if the class method exists
-
property_exists —
Checks if the object or class has a property
- XIV. Classkit
-
classkit_import — Import new class method definitions from a file
-
classkit_method_add — Dynamically adds a new method to a given class
-
classkit_method_copy — Copies a method from class to another
-
classkit_method_redefine — Dynamically changes the code of the given method
-
classkit_method_remove — Dynamically removes the given method
-
classkit_method_rename — Dynamically changes the name of the given method
- XV. ClibPDF
-
cpdf_add_annotation — Adds annotation
-
cpdf_add_outline — Adds bookmark for current page
-
cpdf_arc — Draws an arc
-
cpdf_begin_text — Starts text section
-
cpdf_circle — Draw a circle
-
cpdf_clip — Clips to current path
-
cpdf_close — Closes the pdf document
-
cpdf_closepath_fill_stroke — Close, fill and stroke current path
-
cpdf_closepath_stroke — Close path and draw line along path
-
cpdf_closepath — Close path
-
cpdf_continue_text — Output text in next line
-
cpdf_curveto — Draws a curve
-
cpdf_end_text — Ends text section
-
cpdf_fill_stroke — Fill and stroke current path
-
cpdf_fill — Fill current path
-
cpdf_finalize_page — Ends page
-
cpdf_finalize — Ends document
-
cpdf_global_set_document_limits — Sets document limits for any pdf document
-
cpdf_import_jpeg — Opens a JPEG image
-
cpdf_lineto — Draws a line
-
cpdf_moveto — Sets current point
-
cpdf_newpath — Starts a new path
-
cpdf_open — Opens a new pdf document
-
cpdf_output_buffer — Outputs the pdf document in memory buffer
-
cpdf_page_init — Starts new page
-
cpdf_place_inline_image — Places an image on the page
-
cpdf_rect — Draw a rectangle
-
cpdf_restore — Restores formerly saved environment
-
cpdf_rlineto — Draws a line
-
cpdf_rmoveto — Sets current point
-
cpdf_rotate_text — Sets text rotation angle
-
cpdf_rotate — Sets rotation
-
cpdf_save_to_file — Writes the pdf document into a file
-
cpdf_save — Saves current environment
-
cpdf_scale — Sets scaling
-
cpdf_set_action_url — Sets hyperlink
-
cpdf_set_char_spacing — Sets character spacing
-
cpdf_set_creator — Sets the creator field in the pdf document
-
cpdf_set_current_page — Sets current page
-
cpdf_set_font_directories — Sets directories to search when using external fonts
-
cpdf_set_font_map_file — Sets fontname to filename translation map when using external fonts
-
cpdf_set_font — Select the current font face and size
-
cpdf_set_horiz_scaling — Sets horizontal scaling of text
-
cpdf_set_keywords — Sets the keywords field of the pdf document
-
cpdf_set_leading — Sets distance between text lines
-
cpdf_set_page_animation — Sets duration between pages
-
cpdf_set_subject — Sets the subject field of the pdf document
-
cpdf_set_text_matrix — Sets the text matrix
-
cpdf_set_text_pos — Sets text position
-
cpdf_set_text_rendering — Determines how text is rendered
-
cpdf_set_text_rise — Sets the text rise
-
cpdf_set_title — Sets the title field of the pdf document
-
cpdf_set_viewer_preferences — How to show the document in the viewer
-
cpdf_set_word_spacing — Sets spacing between words
-
cpdf_setdash — Sets dash pattern
-
cpdf_setflat — Sets flatness
-
cpdf_setgray_fill — Sets filling color to gray value
-
cpdf_setgray_stroke — Sets drawing color to gray value
-
cpdf_setgray — Sets drawing and filling color to gray value
-
cpdf_setlinecap — Sets linecap parameter
-
cpdf_setlinejoin — Sets linejoin parameter
-
cpdf_setlinewidth — Sets line width
-
cpdf_setmiterlimit — Sets miter limit
-
cpdf_setrgbcolor_fill — Sets filling color to rgb color value
-
cpdf_setrgbcolor_stroke — Sets drawing color to rgb color value
-
cpdf_setrgbcolor — Sets drawing and filling color to rgb color value
-
cpdf_show_xy — Output text at position
-
cpdf_show — Output text at current position
-
cpdf_stringwidth — Returns width of text in current font
-
cpdf_stroke — Draw line along path
-
cpdf_text — Output text with parameters
-
cpdf_translate — Sets origin of coordinate system
- XVI. COM
-
COM — COM class
-
DOTNET — DOTNET class
-
VARIANT — VARIANT class
-
com_addref —
Increases the components reference counter [deprecated]
-
com_create_guid —
Generate a globally unique identifier (GUID)
-
com_event_sink —
Connect events from a COM object to a PHP object
-
com_get_active_object —
Returns a handle to an already running instance of a COM object
-
com_get —
Gets the value of a COM Component's property [deprecated]
-
com_invoke —
Calls a COM component's method [deprecated]
-
com_isenum — Indicates if a COM object has an IEnumVariant interface for iteration [deprecated]
-
com_load_typelib — Loads a Typelib
-
com_load —
Creates a new reference to a COM component [deprecated]
-
com_message_pump —
Process COM messages, sleeping for up to timeoutms milliseconds
-
com_print_typeinfo —
Print out a PHP class definition for a dispatchable interface
-
com_propget — Alias of com_get()
-
com_propput — Alias of com_set()
-
com_propset — Alias of com_set()
-
com_release —
Decreases the components reference counter [deprecated]
-
com_set —
Assigns a value to a COM component's property
-
variant_abs —
Returns the absolute value of a variant
-
variant_add —
"Adds" two variant values together and returns the result
-
variant_and —
performs a bitwise AND operation between two variants and returns the result
-
variant_cast —
Convert a variant into a new variant object of another type
-
variant_cat —
concatenates two variant values together and returns the result
-
variant_cmp —
Compares two variants
-
variant_date_from_timestamp —
Returns a variant date representation of a Unix timestamp
-
variant_date_to_timestamp —
Converts a variant date/time value to Unix timestamp
-
variant_div —
Returns the result from dividing two variants
-
variant_eqv —
Performs a bitwise equivalence on two variants
-
variant_fix —
Returns the integer portion ? of a variant
-
variant_get_type — Returns the type of a variant object
-
variant_idiv —
Converts variants to integers and then returns the result from dividing them
-
variant_imp —
Performs a bitwise implication on two variants
-
variant_int —
Returns the integer portion of a variant
-
variant_mod —
Divides two variants and returns only the remainder
-
variant_mul —
multiplies the values of the two variants and returns the result
-
variant_neg —
Performs logical negation on a variant
-
variant_not —
Performs bitwise not negation on a variant
-
variant_or —
Performs a logical disjunction on two variants
-
variant_pow —
Returns the result of performing the power function with two variants
-
variant_round —
Rounds a variant to the specified number of decimal places
-
variant_set_type —
Convert a variant into another type "in-place"
-
variant_set —
Assigns a new value for a variant object
-
variant_sub —
subtracts the value of the right variant from the left variant value and returns the result
-
variant_xor —
Performs a logical exclusion on two variants
- XVII. Crack
-
crack_check — Performs an obscure check with the given password
-
crack_closedict — Closes an open CrackLib dictionary
-
crack_getlastmessage — Returns the message from the last obscure check
-
crack_opendict — Opens a new CrackLib dictionary
- XVIII. ctype
-
ctype_alnum — Check for alphanumeric character(s)
-
ctype_alpha — Check for alphabetic character(s)
-
ctype_cntrl — Check for control character(s)
-
ctype_digit — Check for numeric character(s)
-
ctype_graph — Check for any printable character(s) except space
-
ctype_lower — Check for lowercase character(s)
-
ctype_print — Check for printable character(s)
-
ctype_punct —
Check for any printable character which is not whitespace or an
alphanumeric character
-
ctype_space — Check for whitespace character(s)
-
ctype_upper — Check for uppercase character(s)
-
ctype_xdigit —
Check for character(s) representing a hexadecimal digit
- XIX. CURL
-
Constants — Curl Predefined Constants
-
curl_close — Close a cURL session
-
curl_copy_handle — Copy a cURL handle along with all of its preferences
-
curl_errno — Return the last error number
-
curl_error — Return a string containing the last error for the current session
-
curl_exec — Perform a cURL session
-
curl_getinfo — Get information regarding a specific transfer
-
curl_init — Initialize a cURL session
-
curl_multi_add_handle — Add a normal cURL handle to a cURL multi handle
-
curl_multi_close — Close a set of cURL handles
-
curl_multi_exec — Run the sub-connections of the current cURL handle
-
curl_multi_getcontent — Return the content of a cURL handle if
CURLOPT_RETURNTRANSFER is set
-
curl_multi_info_read — Get information about the current transfers
-
curl_multi_init — Returns a new cURL multi handle
-
curl_multi_remove_handle — Remove a multi handle from a set of cURL handles
-
curl_multi_select — Get all the sockets associated with the cURL extension, which can then be "selected"
-
curl_setopt_array — Set multiple options for a cURL transfer
-
curl_setopt — Set an option for a cURL transfer
-
curl_version — Gets cURL version information
- XX. Cybercash
-
cybercash_base64_decode — base64 decode data for Cybercash
-
cybercash_base64_encode — base64 encode data for Cybercash
-
cybercash_decr — Cybercash decrypt
-
cybercash_encr — Cybercash encrypt
- XXI. CyberMUT
-
cybermut_creerformulairecm — Generate HTML form of request for payment
-
cybermut_creerreponsecm — Generate the delivery's acknowledgement of the payment's confirmation
-
cybermut_testmac — Make sure that there was no data diddling contained
in the received message of confirmation
- XXII. Cyrus IMAP
-
cyrus_authenticate — Authenticate against a Cyrus IMAP server
-
cyrus_bind — Bind callbacks to a Cyrus IMAP connection
-
cyrus_close — Close connection to a Cyrus IMAP server
-
cyrus_connect — Connect to a Cyrus IMAP server
-
cyrus_query — Send a query to a Cyrus IMAP server
-
cyrus_unbind — Unbind ...
- XXIII. Date/Time
-
checkdate — Validate a Gregorian date
-
date_create — Returns new DateTime object
-
date_date_set — Sets the date
-
date_default_timezone_get —
Gets the default timezone used by all date/time functions in a script
-
date_default_timezone_set —
Sets the default timezone used by all date/time functions in a script
-
date_format — Returns date formatted according to given format
-
date_isodate_set — Sets the ISO date
-
date_modify — Alters the timestamp
-
date_offset_get — Returns the daylight saving time offset
-
date_parse — Returns associative array with detailed info about given date
-
date_sun_info — Returns an array with information about sunset/sunrise and twilight begin/end
-
date_sunrise — Returns time of sunrise for a given day and location
-
date_sunset —
Returns time of sunset for a given day and location
-
date_time_set — Sets the time
-
date_timezone_get — Return time zone relative to given DateTime
-
date_timezone_set — Sets the time zone for the DateTime object
-
date — Format a local time/date
-
getdate — Get date/time information
-
gettimeofday — Get current time
-
gmdate — Format a GMT/UTC date/time
-
gmmktime — Get Unix timestamp for a GMT date
-
gmstrftime — Format a GMT/UTC time/date according to locale settings
-
idate — Format a local time/date as integer
-
localtime — Get the local time
-
microtime — Return current Unix timestamp with microseconds
-
mktime — Get Unix timestamp for a date
-
strftime — Format a local time/date according to locale settings
-
strptime —
Parse a time/date generated with strftime()
-
strtotime — Parse about any English textual datetime description into a Unix timestamp
-
time — Return current Unix timestamp
-
timezone_abbreviations_list — Returns associative array containing dst, offset and the timezone name
-
timezone_identifiers_list — Returns numerically index array with all timezone identifiers
-
timezone_name_from_abbr — Returns the timezone name from abbrevation
-
timezone_name_get — Returns the name of the timezone
-
timezone_offset_get — Returns the timezone offset from GMT
-
timezone_open — Returns new DateTimeZone object
-
timezone_transitions_get — Returns all transitions for the timezone
- XXIV. DB++
-
dbplus_add — Add a tuple to a relation
-
dbplus_aql — Perform AQL query
-
dbplus_chdir — Get/Set database virtual current directory
-
dbplus_close — Close a relation
-
dbplus_curr — Get current tuple from relation
-
dbplus_errcode — Get error string for given errorcode or last error
-
dbplus_errno — Get error code for last operation
-
dbplus_find — Set a constraint on a relation
-
dbplus_first — Get first tuple from relation
-
dbplus_flush — Flush all changes made on a relation
-
dbplus_freealllocks — Free all locks held by this client
-
dbplus_freelock — Release write lock on tuple
-
dbplus_freerlocks — Free all tuple locks on given relation
-
dbplus_getlock — Get a write lock on a tuple
-
dbplus_getunique — Get an id number unique to a relation
-
dbplus_info — Get information about a relation
-
dbplus_last — Get last tuple from relation
-
dbplus_lockrel — Request write lock on relation
-
dbplus_next — Get next tuple from relation
-
dbplus_open — Open relation file
-
dbplus_prev — Get previous tuple from relation
-
dbplus_rchperm — Change relation permissions
-
dbplus_rcreate — Creates a new DB++ relation
-
dbplus_rcrtexact — Creates an exact but empty copy of a relation including indices
-
dbplus_rcrtlike — Creates an empty copy of a relation with default indices
-
dbplus_resolve — Resolve host information for relation
-
dbplus_restorepos — Restore position
-
dbplus_rkeys — Specify new primary key for a relation
-
dbplus_ropen — Open relation file local
-
dbplus_rquery — Perform local (raw) AQL query
-
dbplus_rrename — Rename a relation
-
dbplus_rsecindex — Create a new secondary index for a relation
-
dbplus_runlink — Remove relation from filesystem
-
dbplus_rzap — Remove all tuples from relation
-
dbplus_savepos — Save position
-
dbplus_setindex — Set index
-
dbplus_setindexbynumber — Set index by number
-
dbplus_sql — Perform SQL query
-
dbplus_tcl — Execute TCL code on server side
-
dbplus_tremove — Remove tuple and return new current tuple
-
dbplus_undo — Undo
-
dbplus_undoprepare — Prepare undo
-
dbplus_unlockrel — Give up write lock on relation
-
dbplus_unselect — Remove a constraint from relation
-
dbplus_update — Update specified tuple in relation
-
dbplus_xlockrel — Request exclusive lock on relation
-
dbplus_xunlockrel — Free exclusive lock on relation
- XXV. dba
-
dba_close — Close a DBA database
-
dba_delete — Delete DBA entry specified by key
-
dba_exists — Check whether key exists
-
dba_fetch — Fetch data specified by key
-
dba_firstkey — Fetch first key
-
dba_handlers — List all the handlers available
-
dba_insert — Insert entry
-
dba_key_split —
Splits a key in string representation into array representation
-
dba_list — List all open database files
-
dba_nextkey — Fetch next key
-
dba_open — Open database
-
dba_optimize — Optimize database
-
dba_popen — Open database persistently
-
dba_replace — Replace or insert entry
-
dba_sync — Synchronize database
- XXVI. dBase
-
dbase_add_record — Adds a record to a database
-
dbase_close — Closes a database
-
dbase_create — Creates a database
-
dbase_delete_record — Deletes a record from a database
-
dbase_get_header_info — Gets the header info of a database
-
dbase_get_record_with_names —
Gets a record from a database as an associative array
-
dbase_get_record —
Gets a record from a database as an indexed array
-
dbase_numfields — Gets the number of fields of a database
-
dbase_numrecords — Gets the number of records in a database
-
dbase_open — Opens a database
-
dbase_pack — Packs a database
-
dbase_replace_record — Replaces a record in a database
- XXVII. DBM
-
dblist — Describes the DBM-compatible library being used
-
dbmclose — Closes a dbm database
-
dbmdelete — Deletes the value for a key from a DBM database
-
dbmexists — Tells if a value exists for a key in a DBM database
-
dbmfetch — Fetches a value for a key from a DBM database
-
dbmfirstkey — Retrieves the first key from a DBM database
-
dbminsert — Inserts a value for a key in a DBM database
-
dbmnextkey
-
dbmopen — Opens a DBM database
-
dbmreplace — Replaces the value for a key in a DBM database
- XXVIII. dbx
-
dbx_close — Close an open connection/database
-
dbx_compare — Compare two rows for sorting purposes
-
dbx_connect — Open a connection/database
-
dbx_error —
Report the error message of the latest function call in the module
-
dbx_escape_string —
Escape a string so it can safely be used in an sql-statement
-
dbx_fetch_row — Fetches rows from a query-result that had the
DBX_RESULT_UNBUFFERED flag set
-
dbx_query — Send a query and fetch all results (if any)
-
dbx_sort —
Sort a result from a dbx_query by a custom sort function
- XXIX. Direct IO
-
dio_close — Closes the file descriptor given by fd
-
dio_fcntl — Performs a c library fcntl on fd
-
dio_open —
Opens a new filename with specified permissions of flags and
creation permissions of mode
-
dio_read — Reads bytes from a file descriptor
-
dio_seek — Seeks to pos on fd from whence
-
dio_stat —
Gets stat information about the file descriptor fd
-
dio_tcsetattr —
Sets terminal attributes and baud rate for a serial port
-
dio_truncate —
Truncates file descriptor fd to offset bytes
-
dio_write —
Writes data to fd with optional truncation at length
- XXX. Directories
-
chdir — Change directory
-
chroot — Change the root directory
-
dir — Return an instance of the Directory class
-
closedir — Close directory handle
-
getcwd — Gets the current working directory
-
opendir — Open directory handle
-
readdir — Read entry from directory handle
-
rewinddir — Rewind directory handle
-
scandir — List files and directories inside the specified path
- XXXI. DOM
-
DOMAttr->__construct() —
Creates a new DOMAttr object
-
DOMAttr->isId() —
Checks if attribute is a defined ID
-
DOMCharacterData->appendData() —
Append the string to the end of the character data of the node
-
DOMCharacterData->deleteData() —
Remove a range of characters from the node
-
DOMCharacterData->insertData() —
Insert a string at the specified 16-bit unit offset
-
DOMCharacterData->replaceData() —
Replace a substring within the DOMCharacterData node
-
DOMCharacterData->substringData() —
Extracts a range of data from the node
-
DOMComment->__construct() —
Creates a new DOMComment object
-
DOMDocument->__construct() —
Creates a new DOMDocument object
-
DOMDocument->createAttribute() — Create new attribute
-
DOMDocument->createAttributeNS() —
Create new attribute node with an associated namespace
-
DOMDocument->createCDATASection() — Create new cdata node
-
DOMDocument->createComment() — Create new comment node
-
DOMDocument->createDocumentFragment() — Create new document fragment
-
DOMDocument->createElement() — Create new element node
-
DOMDocument->createElementNS() —
Create new element node with an associated namespace
-
DOMDocument->createEntityReference() — Create new entity reference node
-
DOMDocument->createProcessingInstruction() — Creates new PI node
-
DOMDocument->createTextNode() — Create new text node
-
DOMDocument->getElementById() — Searches for an element with a certain id
-
DOMDocument->getElementsByTagName() — Searches for all elements with given tag name
-
DOMDocument->getElementsByTagNameNS() —
Searches for all elements with given tag name in specified namespace
-
DOMDocument->importNode() — Import node into current document
-
DOMDocument->load() —
Load XML from a file
-
DOMDocument->loadHTML() —
Load HTML from a string
-
DOMDocument->loadHTMLFile() —
Load HTML from a file
-
DOMDocument->loadXML() —
Load XML from a string
-
DOMDocument->normalizeDocument() — Normalizes the document
-
DOMDocument->registerNodeClass() — Register extended class used to create base node type
-
DOMDocument->relaxNGValidate() —
Performs relaxNG validation on the document
-
DOMDocument->relaxNGValidateSource() —
Performs relaxNG validation on the document
-
DOMDocument->save() —
Dumps the internal XML tree back into a file
-
DOMDocument->saveHTML() —
Dumps the internal document into a string using HTML formatting
-
DOMDocument->saveHTMLFile() —
Dumps the internal document into a file using HTML formatting
-
DOMDocument->saveXML() —
Dumps the internal XML tree back into a string
-
DOMDocument->schemaValidate() —
Validates a document based on a schema
-
DOMDocument->schemaValidateSource() —
Validates a document based on a schema
-
DOMDocument->validate() —
Validates the document based on its DTD
-
DOMDocument->xinclude() —
Substitutes XIncludes in a DOMDocument Object
-
DOMDocumentFragment->appendXML() — Append raw XML data
-
DOMElement->__construct() —
Creates a new DOMElement object
-
DOMElement->getAttribute() — Returns value of attribute
-
DOMElement->getAttributeNode() — Returns attribute node
-
DOMElement->getAttributeNodeNS() —
Returns attribute node
-
DOMElement->getAttributeNS() — Returns value of attribute
-
DOMElement->getElementsByTagName() — Gets elements by tagname
-
DOMElement->getElementsByTagNameNS() — Get elements by namespaceURI and localName
-
DOMElement->hasAttribute() — Checks to see if attribute exists
-
DOMElement->hasAttributeNS() —
Checks to see if attribute exists
-
DOMElement->removeAttribute() — Removes attribute
-
DOMElement->removeAttributeNode() — Removes attribute
-
DOMElement->removeAttributeNS() — Removes attribute
-
DOMElement->setAttribute() — Adds new attribute
-
DOMElement->setAttributeNode() — Adds new attribute node to element
-
DOMElement->setAttributeNodeNS() — Adds new attribute node to element
-
DOMElement->setAttributeNS() — Adds new attribute
-
DOMElement->setIdAttribute() — Declares the attribute specified by name to be of type ID
-
DOMElement->setIdAttributeNode() — Declares the attribute specified by node to be of type ID
-
DOMElement->setIdAttributeNS() — Declares the attribute specified by local name and namespace URI to be of type ID
-
DOMEntityReference->__construct() —
Creates a new DOMEntityReference object
-
DOMImplementation->__construct() —
Creates a new DOMImplementation object
-
DOMImplementation->createDocument() —
Creates a DOMDocument object of the specified type with its document element
-
DOMImplementation->createDocumentType() —
Creates an empty DOMDocumentType object
-
DOMImplementation->hasFeature() —
Test if the DOM implementation implements a specific feature
-
DOMNamedNodeMap->getNamedItem() —
Retrieves a node specified by name
-
DOMNamedNodeMap->getNamedItemNS() —
Retrieves a node specified by local name and namespace URI
-
DOMNamedNodeMap->item() — Retrieves a node specified by index
-
DOMNode->appendChild() —
Adds new child at the end of the children
-
DOMNode->cloneNode() —
Clones a node
-
DOMNode->hasAttributes() —
Checks if node has attributes
-
DOMNode->hasChildNodes() —
Checks if node has children
-
DOMNode->insertBefore() —
Adds a new child before a reference node
-
DOMNode->isDefaultNamespace() — Checks if the specified namespaceURI is the default namespace or not
-
DOMNode->isSameNode() —
Indicates if two nodes are the same node
-
DOMNode->isSupported() —
Checks if feature is supported for specified version
-
DOMNode->lookupNamespaceURI() —
Gets the namespace URI of the node based on the prefix
-
DOMNode->lookupPrefix() —
Gets the namespace prefix of the node based on the namespace URI
-
DOMNode->normalize() —
Normalizes the node
-
DOMNode->removeChild() —
Removes child from list of children
-
DOMNode->replaceChild() —
Replaces a child
-
DOMNodelist->item() —
Retrieves a node specified by index
-
DOMProcessingInstruction->__construct() —
Creates a new DOMProcessingInstruction object
-
DOMText->__construct() —
Creates a new DOMText object
-
DOMText->isWhitespaceInElementContent() —
Indicates whether this text node contains whitespace
-
DOMText->splitText() —
Breaks this node into two nodes at the specified offset
-
DOMXPath->__construct() —
Creates a new DOMXPath object
-
DOMXPath->evaluate() —
Evaluates the given XPath expression and returns a typed result if possible.
-
DOMXPath->query() —
Evaluates the given XPath expression
-
DOMXPath->registerNamespace() —
Registers the namespace with the DOMXPath object
-
dom_import_simplexml —
Gets a DOMElement object from a SimpleXMLElement object
- XXXII. DOM XML
-
DomAttribute->name —
Returns the name of attribute
-
DomAttribute->set_value —
Sets the value of an attribute
-
DomAttribute->specified —
Checks if attribute is specified
-
DomAttribute->value —
Returns value of attribute
-
DomDocument->add_root —
Adds a root node [deprecated]
-
DomDocument->create_attribute — Create new attribute
-
DomDocument->create_cdata_section — Create new cdata node
-
DomDocument->create_comment — Create new comment node
-
DomDocument->create_element_ns —
Create new element node with an associated namespace
-
DomDocument->create_element — Create new element node
-
DomDocument->create_entity_reference —
Create an entity reference
-
DomDocument->create_processing_instruction — Creates new PI node
-
DomDocument->create_text_node — Create new text node
-
DomDocument->doctype —
Returns the document type
-
DomDocument->document_element —
Returns root element node
-
DomDocument->dump_file —
Dumps the internal XML tree back into a file
-
DomDocument->dump_mem —
Dumps the internal XML tree back into a string
-
DomDocument->get_element_by_id —
Searches for an element with a certain id
-
DomDocument->get_elements_by_tagname —
Returns array with nodes with given tagname in document or empty array, if not found
-
DomDocument->html_dump_mem —
Dumps the internal XML tree back into a string as HTML
-
DomDocument->xinclude —
Substitutes XIncludes in a DomDocument Object
-
DomDocumentType->entities() —
Returns list of entities
-
DomDocumentType->internal_subset() —
Returns internal subset
-
DomDocumentType->name() —
Returns name of document type
-
DomDocumentType->notations() —
Returns list of notations
-
DomDocumentType->public_id() —
Returns public id of document type
-
DomDocumentType->system_id() —
Returns the system id of document type
-
DomElement->get_attribute_node() —
Returns the node of the given attribute
-
DomElement->get_attribute() —
Returns the value of the given attribute
-
DomElement->get_elements_by_tagname() —
Gets elements by tagname
-
DomElement->has_attribute() —
Checks to see if an attribute exists in the current node
-
DomElement->remove_attribute() —
Removes attribute
-
DomElement->set_attribute_node() —
Adds new attribute
-
DomElement->set_attribute() —
Sets the value of an attribute
-
DomElement->tagname() —
Returns the name of the current element
-
DomNode->add_namespace —
Adds a namespace declaration to a node
-
DomNode->append_child —
Adds a new child at the end of the children
-
DomNode->append_sibling —
Adds new sibling to a node
-
DomNode->attributes —
Returns list of attributes
-
DomNode->child_nodes —
Returns children of node
-
DomNode->clone_node —
Clones a node
-
DomNode->dump_node —
Dumps a single node
-
DomNode->first_child —
Returns first child of node
-
DomNode->get_content —
Gets content of node
-
DomNode->has_attributes —
Checks if node has attributes
-
DomNode->has_child_nodes —
Checks if node has children
-
DomNode->insert_before —
Inserts new node as child
-
DomNode->is_blank_node —
Checks if node is blank
-
DomNode->last_child —
Returns last child of node
-
DomNode->next_sibling —
Returns the next sibling of node
-
DomNode->node_name —
Returns name of node
-
DomNode->node_type —
Returns type of node
-
DomNode->node_value —
Returns value of a node
-
DomNode->owner_document —
Returns the document this node belongs to
-
DomNode->parent_node —
Returns the parent of the node
-
DomNode->prefix —
Returns name space prefix of node
-
DomNode->previous_sibling —
Returns the previous sibling of node
-
DomNode->remove_child —
Removes child from list of children
-
DomNode->replace_child —
Replaces a child
-
DomNode->replace_node —
Replaces node
-
DomNode->set_content —
Sets content of node
-
DomNode->set_name —
Sets name of node
-
DomNode->set_namespace —
Sets namespace of a node
-
DomNode->unlink_node —
Deletes node
-
DomProcessingInstruction->data —
Returns the data of ProcessingInstruction node
-
DomProcessingInstruction->target —
Returns the target of a ProcessingInstruction node
-
DomXsltStylesheet->process() —
Applies the XSLT-Transformation on a DomDocument Object
-
DomXsltStylesheet->result_dump_file() —
Dumps the result from a XSLT-Transformation into a file
-
DomXsltStylesheet->result_dump_mem() —
Dumps the result from a XSLT-Transformation back into a string
-
domxml_new_doc —
Creates new empty XML document
-
domxml_open_file — Creates a DOM object from an XML file
-
domxml_open_mem — Creates a DOM object of an XML document
-
domxml_version —
Gets the XML library version
-
domxml_xmltree —
Creates a tree of PHP objects from an XML document
-
domxml_xslt_stylesheet_doc —
Creates a DomXsltStylesheet Object from a DomDocument Object
-
domxml_xslt_stylesheet_file —
Creates a DomXsltStylesheet Object from an XSL document in a file
-
domxml_xslt_stylesheet —
Creates a DomXsltStylesheet object from an XSL document in a string
-
domxml_xslt_version —
Gets the XSLT library version
-
xpath_eval_expression —
Evaluates the XPath Location Path in the given string
-
xpath_eval —
Evaluates the XPath Location Path in the given string
-
xpath_new_context —
Creates new xpath context
-
xpath_register_ns_auto —
Register the given namespace in the passed XPath context
-
xpath_register_ns —
Register the given namespace in the passed XPath context
-
xptr_eval —
Evaluate the XPtr Location Path in the given string
-
xptr_new_context —
Create new XPath Context
- XXXIII. enchant
-
enchant_broker_describe — Enumerates the Enchant providers
-
enchant_broker_dict_exists — Whether a dictionary exists or not. Using non-empty tag
-
enchant_broker_free_dict — Free a dictionary resource
-
enchant_broker_free — Free the broker resource and its dictionnaries
-
enchant_broker_get_error — Returns the last error of the broker
-
enchant_broker_init — create a new broker object capable of requesting
-
enchant_broker_list_dicts — Returns a list of available dictionaries
-
enchant_broker_request_dict — create a new dictionary using a tag
-
enchant_broker_request_pwl_dict — creates a dictionary using a PWL file. A PWL file is personal word file one word per line.
-
enchant_broker_set_ordering — Declares a preference of dictionaries to use for the language
-
enchant_dict_add_to_personal — add a word to personal word list
-
enchant_dict_add_to_session — add 'word' to this spell-checking session
-
enchant_dict_check — Check whether a word is correctly spelled or not.
-
enchant_dict_describe — Describes an individual dictionary
-
enchant_dict_get_error — Returns the last error of the current spelling-session
-
enchant_dict_is_in_session — whether or not 'word' exists in this spelling-session
-
enchant_dict_quick_check — Check the word is correctly spelled and provide suggestions
-
enchant_dict_store_replacement — add a correction for a word.
-
enchant_dict_suggest — Will return a list of values if any of those pre-conditions are not met.
- XXXIV. Errors and Logging
-
debug_backtrace — Generates a backtrace
-
debug_print_backtrace —
Prints a backtrace
-
error_get_last — Get the last occurred error
-
error_log — Send an error message somewhere
-
error_reporting — Sets which PHP errors are reported
-
restore_error_handler — Restores the previous error handler function
-
restore_exception_handler —
Restores the previously defined exception handler function
-
set_error_handler — Sets a user-defined error handler function
-
set_exception_handler —
Sets a user-defined exception handler function
-
trigger_error — Generates a user-level error/warning/notice message
-
user_error — Alias of trigger_error()
- XXXV. Exif
-
exif_imagetype — Determine the type of an image
-
exif_read_data — Reads the EXIF headers from JPEG or TIFF
-
exif_tagname — Get the header name for an index
-
exif_thumbnail — Retrieve the embedded thumbnail of a TIFF or JPEG image
-
read_exif_data — Alias of exif_read_data()
- XXXVI. Expect
-
expect_expectl — Waits until the output from a process matches one
of the patterns, a specified time period has passed, or an EOF is seen
-
expect_popen — Execute command via Bourne shell, and open the PTY stream to
the process
- XXXVII. fam
-
fam_cancel_monitor — Terminate monitoring
-
fam_close — Close FAM connection
-
fam_monitor_collection — Monitor a collection of files in a directory for changes
-
fam_monitor_directory — Monitor a directory for changes
-
fam_monitor_file — Monitor a regular file for changes
-
fam_next_event — Get next pending FAM event
-
fam_open — Open connection to FAM daemon
-
fam_pending — Check for pending FAM events
-
fam_resume_monitor — Resume suspended monitoring
-
fam_suspend_monitor — Temporarily suspend monitoring
- XXXVIII. FDF
-
fdf_add_doc_javascript — Adds javascript code to the FDF document
-
fdf_add_template — Adds a template into the FDF document
-
fdf_close — Close an FDF document
-
fdf_create — Create a new FDF document
-
fdf_enum_values — Call a user defined function for each document value
-
fdf_errno — Return error code for last fdf operation
-
fdf_error — Return error description for FDF error code
-
fdf_get_ap — Get the appearance of a field
-
fdf_get_attachment — Extracts uploaded file embedded in the FDF
-
fdf_get_encoding — Get the value of the /Encoding key
-
fdf_get_file — Get the value of the /F key
-
fdf_get_flags — Gets the flags of a field
-
fdf_get_opt — Gets a value from the opt array of a field
-
fdf_get_status — Get the value of the /STATUS key
-
fdf_get_value — Get the value of a field
-
fdf_get_version — Gets version number for FDF API or file
-
fdf_header — Sets FDF-specific output headers
-
fdf_next_field_name — Get the next field name
-
fdf_open_string — Read a FDF document from a string
-
fdf_open — Open a FDF document
-
fdf_remove_item — Sets target frame for form
-
fdf_save_string — Returns the FDF document as a string
-
fdf_save — Save a FDF document
-
fdf_set_ap — Set the appearance of a field
-
fdf_set_encoding — Sets FDF character encoding
-
fdf_set_file — Set PDF document to display FDF data in
-
fdf_set_flags — Sets a flag of a field
-
fdf_set_javascript_action — Sets an javascript action of a field
-
fdf_set_on_import_javascript — Adds javascript code to be executed when Acrobat opens the FDF
-
fdf_set_opt — Sets an option of a field
-
fdf_set_status — Set the value of the /STATUS key
-
fdf_set_submit_form_action — Sets a submit form action of a field
-
fdf_set_target_frame — Set target frame for form display
-
fdf_set_value — Set the value of a field
-
fdf_set_version — Sets version number for a FDF file
- XXXIX. Fileinfo
-
finfo_buffer — Return information about a string buffer
-
finfo_close — Close fileinfo resource
-
finfo_file — Return information about a file
-
finfo_open — Create a new fileinfo resource
-
finfo_set_flags — Set libmagic configuration options
- XL. filePro
-
filepro_fieldcount — Find out how many fields are in a filePro database
-
filepro_fieldname — Gets the name of a field
-
filepro_fieldtype — Gets the type of a field
-
filepro_fieldwidth — Gets the width of a field
-
filepro_retrieve — Retrieves data from a filePro database
-
filepro_rowcount — Find out how many rows are in a filePro database
-
filepro — Read and verify the map file
- XLI. Filesystem
-
basename — Returns filename component of path
-
chgrp — Changes file group
-
chmod — Changes file mode
-
chown — Changes file owner
-
clearstatcache — Clears file status cache
-
copy — Copies file
-
delete — See unlink() or unset()
-
dirname — Returns directory name component of path
-
disk_free_space — Returns available space in directory
-
disk_total_space — Returns the total size of a directory
-
diskfreespace — Alias of disk_free_space()
-
fclose — Closes an open file pointer
-
feof — Tests for end-of-file on a file pointer
-
fflush — Flushes the output to a file
-
fgetc — Gets character from file pointer
-
fgetcsv — Gets line from file pointer and parse for CSV fields
-
fgets — Gets line from file pointer
-
fgetss — Gets line from file pointer and strip HTML tags
-
file_exists — Checks whether a file or directory exists
-
file_get_contents — Reads entire file into a string
-
file_put_contents — Write a string to a file
-
file — Reads entire file into an array
-
fileatime — Gets last access time of file
-
filectime — Gets inode change time of file
-
filegroup — Gets file group
-
fileinode — Gets file inode
-
filemtime — Gets file modification time
-
fileowner — Gets file owner
-
fileperms — Gets file permissions
-
filesize — Gets file size
-
filetype — Gets file type
-
flock — Portable advisory file locking
-
fnmatch — Match filename against a pattern
-
fopen — Opens file or URL
-
fpassthru — Output all remaining data on a file pointer
-
fputcsv — Format line as CSV and write to file pointer
-
fputs — Alias of fwrite()
-
fread — Binary-safe file read
-
fscanf — Parses input from a file according to a format
-
fseek — Seeks on a file pointer
-
fstat — Gets information about a file using an open file pointer
-
ftell — Tells file pointer read/write position
-
ftruncate — Truncates a file to a given length
-
fwrite — Binary-safe file write
-
glob — Find pathnames matching a pattern
-
is_dir — Tells whether the filename is a directory
-
is_executable — Tells whether the filename is executable
-
is_file — Tells whether the filename is a regular file
-
is_link — Tells whether the filename is a symbolic link
-
is_readable — Tells whether the filename is readable
-
is_uploaded_file — Tells whether the file was uploaded via HTTP POST
-
is_writable — Tells whether the filename is writable
-
is_writeable — Alias of is_writable()
-
lchgrp — Changes group ownership of symlink
-
lchown — Changes user ownership of symlink
-
link — Create a hard link
-
linkinfo — Gets information about a link
-
lstat — Gives information about a file or symbolic link
-
mkdir — Makes directory
-
move_uploaded_file — Moves an uploaded file to a new location
-
parse_ini_file — Parse a configuration file
-
pathinfo — Returns information about a file path
-
pclose — Closes process file pointer
-
popen — Opens process file pointer
-
readfile — Outputs a file
-
readlink — Returns the target of a symbolic link
-
realpath — Returns canonicalized absolute pathname
-
rename — Renames a file or directory
-
rewind — Rewind the position of a file pointer
-
rmdir — Removes directory
-
set_file_buffer — Alias of stream_set_write_buffer()
-
stat — Gives information about a file
-
symlink — Creates a symbolic link
-
tempnam — Create file with unique file name
-
tmpfile — Creates a temporary file
-
touch — Sets access and modification time of file
-
umask — Changes the current umask
-
unlink — Deletes a file
- XLII. Filter
-
filter_has_var — Checks if variable of specified type exists
-
filter_id — Returns the filter ID belonging to a named filter
-
filter_input_array — Gets multiple variables from outside PHP and optionally filters them
-
filter_input — Gets variable from outside PHP and optionally filters it
-
filter_list — Returns a list of all supported filters
-
filter_var_array — Gets multiple variables and optionally filters them
-
filter_var — Filters a variable with a specified filter
- XLIII. Firebird/InterBase
-
ibase_add_user — Add a user to a security database (only for IB6 or later)
-
ibase_affected_rows — Return the number of rows that were affected by the previous query
-
ibase_backup — Initiates a backup task in the service manager and returns immediately
-
ibase_blob_add — Add data into a newly created blob
-
ibase_blob_cancel — Cancel creating blob
-
ibase_blob_close — Close blob
-
ibase_blob_create — Create a new blob for adding data
-
ibase_blob_echo — Output blob contents to browser
-
ibase_blob_get — Get len bytes data from open blob
-
ibase_blob_import — Create blob, copy file in it, and close it
-
ibase_blob_info — Return blob length and other useful info
-
ibase_blob_open — Open blob for retrieving data parts
-
ibase_close — Close a connection to an InterBase database
-
ibase_commit_ret — Commit a transaction without closing it
-
ibase_commit — Commit a transaction
-
ibase_connect — Open a connection to an InterBase database
-
ibase_db_info — Request statistics about a database
-
ibase_delete_user — Delete a user from a security database (only for IB6 or later)
-
ibase_drop_db — Drops a database
-
ibase_errcode — Return an error code
-
ibase_errmsg — Return error messages
-
ibase_execute — Execute a previously prepared query
-
ibase_fetch_assoc — Fetch a result row from a query as an associative array
-
ibase_fetch_object — Get an object from a InterBase database
-
ibase_fetch_row — Fetch a row from an InterBase database
-
ibase_field_info — Get information about a field
-
ibase_free_event_handler — Cancels a registered event handler
-
ibase_free_query — Free memory allocated by a prepared query
-
ibase_free_result — Free a result set
-
ibase_gen_id — Increments the named generator and returns its new value
-
ibase_maintain_db — Execute a maintenance command on the database server
-
ibase_modify_user — Modify a user to a security database (only for IB6 or later)
-
ibase_name_result — Assigns a name to a result set
-
ibase_num_fields — Get the number of fields in a result set
-
ibase_num_params — Return the number of parameters in a prepared query
-
ibase_param_info — Return information about a parameter in a prepared query
-
ibase_pconnect — Open a persistent connection to an InterBase database
-
ibase_prepare — Prepare a query for later binding of parameter placeholders and execution
-
ibase_query — Execute a query on an InterBase database
-
ibase_restore — Initiates a restore task in the service manager and returns immediately
-
ibase_rollback_ret — Roll back a transaction without closing it
-
ibase_rollback — Roll back a transaction
-
ibase_server_info — Request information about a database server
-
ibase_service_attach — Connect to the service manager
-
ibase_service_detach — Disconnect from the service manager
-
ibase_set_event_handler — Register a callback function to be called when events are posted
-
ibase_timefmt — Sets the format of timestamp, date and time type columns returned from queries
-
ibase_trans — Begin a transaction
-
ibase_wait_event — Wait for an event to be posted by the database
- XLIV. Firebird/Interbase (PDO)
-
PDO_FIREBIRD DSN — Connecting to Firebird and Interbase databases
- XLV. FriBiDi
-
fribidi_log2vis — Convert a logical string to a visual one
- XLVI. FrontBase
-
fbsql_affected_rows — Get number of affected rows in previous FrontBase operation
-
fbsql_autocommit — Enable or disable autocommit
-
fbsql_blob_size — Get the size of a BLOB
-
fbsql_change_user — Change logged in user of the active connection
-
fbsql_clob_size — Get the size of a CLOB
-
fbsql_close — Close FrontBase connection
-
fbsql_commit — Commits a transaction to the database
-
fbsql_connect — Open a connection to a FrontBase Server
-
fbsql_create_blob — Create a BLOB
-
fbsql_create_clob — Create a CLOB
-
fbsql_create_db — Create a FrontBase database
-
fbsql_data_seek — Move internal result pointer
-
fbsql_database_password — Sets or retrieves the password for a FrontBase database
-
fbsql_database — Get or set the database name used with a connection
-
fbsql_db_query — Send a FrontBase query
-
fbsql_db_status — Get the status for a given database
-
fbsql_drop_db — Drop (delete) a FrontBase database
-
fbsql_errno — Returns the error number from previous operation
-
fbsql_error — Returns the error message from previous operation
-
fbsql_fetch_array — Fetch a result row as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
-
fbsql_fetch_assoc — Fetch a result row as an associative array
-
fbsql_fetch_field — Get column information from a result and return as an object
-
fbsql_fetch_lengths — Get the length of each output in a result
-
fbsql_fetch_object — Fetch a result row as an object
-
fbsql_fetch_row — Get a result row as an enumerated array
-
fbsql_field_flags — Get the flags associated with the specified field in a result
-
fbsql_field_len — Returns the length of the specified field
-
fbsql_field_name — Get the name of the specified field in a result
-
fbsql_field_seek — Set result pointer to a specified field offset
-
fbsql_field_table — Get name of the table the specified field is in
-
fbsql_field_type — Get the type of the specified field in a result
-
fbsql_free_result — Free result memory
-
fbsql_get_autostart_info
-
fbsql_hostname — Get or set the host name used with a connection
-
fbsql_insert_id — Get the id generated from the previous INSERT operation
-
fbsql_list_dbs — List databases available on a FrontBase server
-
fbsql_list_fields — List FrontBase result fields
-
fbsql_list_tables — List tables in a FrontBase database
-
fbsql_next_result — Move the internal result pointer to the next result
-
fbsql_num_fields — Get number of fields in result
-
fbsql_num_rows — Get number of rows in result
-
fbsql_password — Get or set the user password used with a connection
-
fbsql_pconnect — Open a persistent connection to a FrontBase Server
-
fbsql_query — Send a FrontBase query
-
fbsql_read_blob — Read a BLOB from the database
-
fbsql_read_clob — Read a CLOB from the database
-
fbsql_result — Get result data
-
fbsql_rollback — Rollback a transaction to the database
-
fbsql_rows_fetched — Get the number of rows affected by the last statement
-
fbsql_select_db — Select a FrontBase database
-
fbsql_set_characterset — Change input/output character set
-
fbsql_set_lob_mode — Set the LOB retrieve mode for a FrontBase result set
-
fbsql_set_password — Change the password for a given user
-
fbsql_set_transaction — Set the transaction locking and isolation
-
fbsql_start_db — Start a database on local or remote server
-
fbsql_stop_db — Stop a database on local or remote server
-
fbsql_table_name — Get table name of field
-
fbsql_tablename — Alias of of fbsql_table_name()
-
fbsql_username — Get or set the username for the connection
-
fbsql_warnings — Enable or disable FrontBase warnings
- XLVII. FTP
-
ftp_alloc — Allocates space for a file to be uploaded
-
ftp_cdup — Changes to the parent directory
-
ftp_chdir — Changes the current directory on a FTP server
-
ftp_chmod — Set permissions on a file via FTP
-
ftp_close — Closes an FTP connection
-
ftp_connect — Opens an FTP connection
-
ftp_delete — Deletes a file on the FTP server
-
ftp_exec — Requests execution of a command on the FTP server
-
ftp_fget — Downloads a file from the FTP server and saves to an open file
-
ftp_fput — Uploads from an open file to the FTP server
-
ftp_get_option — Retrieves various runtime behaviours of the current FTP stream
-
ftp_get — Downloads a file from the FTP server
-
ftp_login — Logs in to an FTP connection
-
ftp_mdtm — Returns the last modified time of the given file
-
ftp_mkdir — Creates a directory
-
ftp_nb_continue — Continues retrieving/sending a file (non-blocking)
-
ftp_nb_fget — Retrieves a file from the FTP server and writes it to an open file (non-blocking)
-
ftp_nb_fput — Stores a file from an open file to the FTP server (non-blocking)
-
ftp_nb_get — Retrieves a file from the FTP server and writes it to a local file (non-blocking)
-
ftp_nb_put — Stores a file on the FTP server (non-blocking)
-
ftp_nlist — Returns a list of files in the given directory
-
ftp_pasv — Turns passive mode on or off
-
ftp_put — Uploads a file to the FTP server
-
ftp_pwd — Returns the current directory name
-
ftp_quit — Alias of ftp_close()
-
ftp_raw — Sends an arbitrary command to an FTP server
-
ftp_rawlist — Returns a detailed list of files in the given directory
-
ftp_rename — Renames a file or a directory on the FTP server
-
ftp_rmdir — Removes a directory
-
ftp_set_option — Set miscellaneous runtime FTP options
-
ftp_site — Sends a SITE command to the server
-
ftp_size — Returns the size of the given file
-
ftp_ssl_connect — Opens an Secure SSL-FTP connection
-
ftp_systype — Returns the system type identifier of the remote FTP server
- XLVIII. Function handling
-
call_user_func_array — Call a user function given with an array of parameters
-
call_user_func — Call a user function given by the first parameter
-
create_function — Create an anonymous (lambda-style) function
-
func_get_arg — Return an item from the argument list
-
func_get_args — Returns an array comprising a function's argument list
-
func_num_args — Returns the number of arguments passed to the function
-
function_exists — Return
TRUE if the given function has been defined
-
get_defined_functions — Returns an array of all defined functions
-
register_shutdown_function — Register a function for execution on shutdown
-
register_tick_function — Register a function for execution on each tick
-
unregister_tick_function — De-register a function for execution on each tick
- XLIX. GeoIP
-
geoip_country_code_by_name — Get the two letter country code
-
geoip_country_code3_by_name — Get the three letter country code
-
geoip_country_name_by_name — Get the full country name
-
geoip_database_info — Get GeoIP Database information
-
geoip_db_avail — Determine if GeoIP Database is available
-
geoip_db_filename — Returns the filename of the corresponding GeoIP Database
-
geoip_db_get_all_info — Returns detailed informations about all GeoIP database types
-
geoip_id_by_name — Get the Internet connection speed
-
geoip_org_by_name — Get the organization name
-
geoip_record_by_name — Returns the detailed City information found in the GeoIP Database
-
geoip_region_by_name — Get the country code and region
- L. gettext
-
bind_textdomain_codeset — Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the DOMAIN message catalog will be returned
-
bindtextdomain — Sets the path for a domain
-
dcgettext — Overrides the domain for a single lookup
-
dcngettext — Plural version of dcgettext
-
dgettext — Override the current domain
-
dngettext — Plural version of dgettext
-
gettext — Lookup a message in the current domain
-
ngettext — Plural version of gettext
-
textdomain — Sets the default domain
- LI. GMP
-
gmp_abs — Absolute value
-
gmp_add — Add numbers
-
gmp_and — Logical AND
-
gmp_clrbit — Clear bit
-
gmp_cmp — Compare numbers
-
gmp_com — Calculates one's complement
-
gmp_div_q — Divide numbers
-
gmp_div_qr — Divide numbers and get quotient and remainder
-
gmp_div_r — Remainder of the division of numbers
-
gmp_div — Alias of gmp_div_q()
-
gmp_divexact — Exact division of numbers
-
gmp_fact — Factorial
-
gmp_gcd — Calculate GCD
-
gmp_gcdext — Calculate GCD and multipliers
-
gmp_hamdist — Hamming distance
-
gmp_init — Create GMP number
-
gmp_intval — Convert GMP number to integer
-
gmp_invert — Inverse by modulo
-
gmp_jacobi — Jacobi symbol
-
gmp_legendre — Legendre symbol
-
gmp_mod — Modulo operation
-
gmp_mul — Multiply numbers
-
gmp_neg — Negate number
-
gmp_nextprime — Find next prime number
-
gmp_or — Logical OR
-
gmp_perfect_square — Perfect square check
-
gmp_popcount — Population count
-
gmp_pow — Raise number into power
-
gmp_powm — Raise number into power with modulo
-
gmp_prob_prime — Check if number is "probably prime"
-
gmp_random — Random number
-
gmp_scan0 — Scan for 0
-
gmp_scan1 — Scan for 1
-
gmp_setbit — Set bit
-
gmp_sign — Sign of number
-
gmp_sqrt — Calculate square root
-
gmp_sqrtrem — Square root with remainder
-
gmp_strval — Convert GMP number to string
-
gmp_sub — Subtract numbers
-
gmp_testbit — Tests if a bit is set
-
gmp_xor — Logical XOR
- LII. gnupg
-
gnupg_adddecryptkey — Add a key for decryption
-
gnupg_addencryptkey — Add a key for encryption
-
gnupg_addsignkey — Add a key for signing
-
gnupg_cleardecryptkeys — Removes all keys which were set for decryption before
-
gnupg_clearencryptkeys — Removes all keys which were set for encryption before
-
gnupg_clearsignkeys — Removes all keys which were set for signing before
-
gnupg_decrypt — Decrypts a given text
-
gnupg_decryptverify — Decrypts and verifies a given text
-
gnupg_encrypt — Encrypts a given text
-
gnupg_encryptsign — Encrypts and signs a given text
-
gnupg_export — Exports a key
-
gnupg_geterror — Returns the errortext, if a function fails
-
gnupg_getprotocol — Returns the currently active protocol for all operations
-
gnupg_import — Imports a key
-
gnupg_keyinfo — Returns an array with information about all keys that matches the given pattern
-
gnupg_setarmor — Toggle armored output
-
gnupg_seterrormode — Sets the mode for error_reporting
-
gnupg_setsignmode — Sets the mode for signing
-
gnupg_sign — Signs a given text
-
gnupg_verify — Verifies a signed text
- LIII. gopher
-
gopher_parsedir — Translate a gopher formatted directory entry into an associative array.
- LIV. haru
-
HaruException — Haru PDF Exception Class
-
HaruDoc — Haru PDF Document Class
-
HaruPage — Haru PDF Page Class
-
HaruFont — Haru PDF Font Class
-
HaruImage — Haru PDF Image Class
-
HaruEncoder — Haru PDF Encoder Class
-
HaruOutline — Haru PDF Outline Class
-
HaruAnnotation — Haru PDF Annotation Class
-
HaruDestination — Haru PDF Destination Class
-
HaruAnnotation::setBorderStyle — Set the border style of the annotation
-
HaruAnnotation::setHighlightMode — Set the highlighting mode of the annotation
-
HaruAnnotation::setIcon — Set the icon style of the annotation
-
HaruAnnotation::setOpened — Set the initial state of the annotation
-
HaruDestination::setFit — Set the appearance of the page to fit the window
-
HaruDestination::setFitB — Set the appearance of the page to fit the bounding box of the page within the window
-
HaruDestination::setFitBH — Set the appearance of the page to fit the width of the bounding box
-
HaruDestination::setFitBV — Set the appearance of the page to fit the height of the boudning box
-
HaruDestination::setFitH — Set the appearance of the page to fit the window width
-
HaruDestination::setFitR — Set the appearance of the page to fit the specified rectangle
-
HaruDestination::setFitV — Set the appearance of the page to fit the window height
-
HaruDestination::setXYZ — Set the appearance of the page
-
HaruDoc::addPage — Add new page to the document
-
HaruDoc::addPageLabel — Set the numbering style for the specified range of pages
-
HaruDoc::__construct — Construct new
HaruDoc instance
-
HaruDoc::createOutline — Create a
HaruOutline instance
-
HaruDoc::getCurrentEncoder — Get
HaruEncoder currently used in the document
-
HaruDoc::getCurrentPage — Return current page of the document
-
HaruDoc::getEncoder — Get
HaruEncoder instance for the specified encoding
-
HaruDoc::getFont — Get
HaruFont instance
-
HaruDoc::getInfoAttr — Get current value of the specified document attribute
-
HaruDoc::getPageLayout — Get current page layout
-
HaruDoc::getPageMode — Get current page mode
-
HaruDoc::getStreamSize — Get the size of the temporary stream
-
HaruDoc::insertPage — Insert new page just before the specified page
-
HaruDoc::loadJPEG — Load JPEG image and return new
HaruImage instance
-
HaruDoc::loadPNG — Load PNG image and return
HaruImage instance
-
HaruDoc::loadRaw — Load RAW image and return HaruImage instance
-
HaruDoc::loadTTC — Load the font with the specified index from TTC file
-
HaruDoc::loadTTF — Load TTF font file
-
HaruDoc::loadType1 — Load Type1 font
-
HaruDoc::output — Write the document data to the output buffer
-
HaruDoc::readFromStream — Read data from the temporary stream
-
HaruDoc::resetError — Reset error state of the document handle
-
HaruDoc::resetStream — Rewind the temporary stream
-
HaruDoc::save — Save the document into the specified file
-
HaruDoc::saveToStream — Save the document into a temporary stream
-
HaruDoc::setCompressionMode — Set compression mode for the document
-
HaruDoc::setCurrentEncoder — Set the current encoder for the document
-
HaruDoc::setEncryptionMode — Set encryption mode for the document
-
HaruDoc::setInfoAttr — Set the info attribute of the document
-
HaruDoc::setInfoDateAttr — Set the datetime info attributes of the document
-
HaruDoc::setOpenAction — Define which page is shown when the document is opened
-
HaruDoc::setPageLayout — Set how pages should be displayed
-
HaruDoc::setPageMode — Set how the document should be displayed
-
HaruDoc::setPagesConfiguration — Set the number of pages per set of pages
-
HaruDoc::setPassword — Set owner and user passwords for the document
-
HaruDoc::setPermission — Set permissions for the document
-
HaruDoc::useCNSEncodings — Enable Chinese simplified encodings
-
HaruDoc::useCNSFonts — Enable builtin Chinese simplified fonts
-
HaruDoc::useCNTEncodings — Enable Chinese traditional encodings
-
HaruDoc::useCNTFonts — Enable builtin Chinese traditional fonts
-
HaruDoc::useJPEncodings — Enable Japanese encodings
-
HaruDoc::useJPFonts — Enable builtin Japanese fonts
-
HaruDoc::useKREncodings — Enable Korean encodings
-
HaruDoc::useKRFonts — Enable builtin Korean fonts
-
HaruEncoder::getByteType — Get the type of the byte in the text
-
HaruEncoder::getType — Get the type of the encoder
-
HaruEncoder::getUnicode — Convert the specified character to unicode
-
HaruEncoder::getWritingMode — Get the writing mode of the encoder
-
HaruFont::getAscent — Get the vertical ascent of the font
-
HaruFont::getCapHeight — Get the distance from the baseline of uppercase letters
-
HaruFont::getDescent — Get the vertical descent of the font
-
HaruFont::getEncodingName — Get the name of the encoding
-
HaruFont::getFontName — Get the name of the font
-
HaruFont::getTextWidth — Get the total width of the text, number of characters, number of words and number of spaces
-
HaruFont::getUnicodeWidth — Get the width of the character in the font
-
HaruFont::getXHeight — Get the distance from the baseline of lowercase letters
-
HaruFont::measureText — Calculate the number of characters which can be included within the specified width
-
HaruImage::getBitsPerComponent — Get the number of bits used to describe each color component of the image
-
HaruImage::getColorSpace — Get the name of the color space
-
HaruImage::getHeight — Get the height of the image
-
HaruImage::getSize — Get size of the image
-
HaruImage::getWidth — Get the width of the image
-
HaruImage::setColorMask — Set the color mask of the image
-
HaruImage::setMaskImage — Set the image mask
-
HaruOutline::setDestination — Set the destination for the outline
-
HaruOutline::setOpened — Set the initial state of the outline
-
HaruPage::arc — Append an arc to the current path
-
HaruPage::beginText — Begin a text object and set the current text position to (0,0)
-
HaruPage::circle — Append a circle to the current path
-
HaruPage::closePath — Append a straight line from the current point to the start point of the path
-
HaruPage::concat — Concatenate current transformation matrix of the page and the specified matrix
-
HaruPage::createDestination — Create new
HaruDestination instance
-
HaruPage::createLinkAnnotation — Create new
HaruAnnotation instance
-
HaruPage::createTextAnnotation — Create new
HaruAnnotation instance
-
HaruPage::createURLAnnotation — Create and return new
HaruAnnotation instance
-
HaruPage::curveTo2 — Append a Bezier curve to the current path
-
HaruPage::curveTo3 — Append a Bezier curve to the current path
-
HaruPage::curveTo — Append a Bezier curve to the current path
-
HaruPage::drawImage — Show image at the page
-
HaruPage::ellipse — Append an ellipse to the current path
-
HaruPage::endPath — End current path object without filling and painting operations
-
HaruPage::endText — End current text object
-
HaruPage::eofill — Fill current path using even-odd rule
-
HaruPage::eoFillStroke — Fill current path using even-odd rule, then paint the path
-
HaruPage::fill — Fill current path using nonzero winding number rule
-
HaruPage::fillStroke — Fill current path using nonzero winding number rule, then paint the path
-
HaruPage::getCharSpace — Get the current value of character spacing
-
HaruPage::getCMYKFill — Get the current filling color
-
HaruPage::getCMYKStroke — Get the current stroking color
-
HaruPage::getCurrentFont — Get the currently used font
-
HaruPage::getCurrentFontSize — Get the current font size
-
HaruPage::getCurrentPos — Get the current position for path painting
-
HaruPage::getCurrentTextPos — Get the current position for text printing
-
HaruPage::getDash — Get the current dash pattern
-
HaruPage::getFillingColorSpace — Get the current filling color space
-
HaruPage::getFlatness — Get the flatness of the page
-
HaruPage::getGMode — Get the current graphics mode
-
HaruPage::getGrayFill — Get the current filling color
-
HaruPage::getGrayStroke — Get the current stroking color
-
HaruPage::getHeight — Get the height of the page
-
HaruPage::getHorizontalScaling — Get the current value of horizontal scaling
-
HaruPage::getLineCap — Get the current line cap style
-
HaruPage::getLineJoin — Get the current line join style
-
HaruPage::getLineWidth — Get the current line width
-
HaruPage::getMiterLimit — Get the value of miter limit
-
HaruPage::getRGBFill — Get the current filling color
-
HaruPage::getRGBStroke — Get the current stroking color
-
HaruPage::getStrokingColorSpace — Get the current stroking color space
-
HaruPage::getTextLeading — Get the current value of line spacing
-
HaruPage::getTextMatrix — Get the current text transformation matrix of the page
-
HaruPage::getTextRenderingMode — Get the current text rendering mode
-
HaruPage::getTextRise — Get the current value of text rising
-
HaruPage::getTextWidth — Get the width of the text using current fontsize, character spacing and word spacing
-
HaruPage::getTransMatrix — Get the current transformation matrix of the page
-
HaruPage::getWidth — Get the width of the page
-
HaruPage::getWordSpace — Get the current value of word spacing
-
HaruPage::lineTo — Draw a line from the current point to the specified point
-
HaruPage::measureText — Calculate the number of characters which can be included within the specified width
-
HaruPage::moveTextPos — Move text position to the specified offset
-
HaruPage::moveTo — Set starting point for new drawing path
-
HaruPage::moveToNextLine — Move text position to the start of the next line
-
HaruPage::rectangle — Append a rectangle to the current path
-
HaruPage::setCharSpace — Set character spacing for the page
-
HaruPage::setCMYKFill — Set filling color for the page
-
HaruPage::setCMYKStroke — Set stroking color for the page
-
HaruPage::setDash — Set the dash pattern for the page
-
HaruPage::setFlatness — Set flatness for the page
-
HaruPage::setFontAndSize — Set font and fontsize for the page
-
HaruPage::setGrayFill — Set filling color for the page
-
HaruPage::setGrayStroke — Sets stroking color for the page
-
HaruPage::setHeight — Set height of the page
-
HaruPage::setHorizontalScaling — Set horizontal scaling for the page
-
HaruPage::setLineCap — Set the shape to be used at the ends of lines
-
HaruPage::setLineJoin — Set line join style for the page
-
HaruPage::setLineWidth — Set line width for the page
-
HaruPage::setMiterLimit — Set the current value of the miter limit of the page
-
HaruPage::setRGBFill — Set filling color for the page
-
HaruPage::setRGBStroke — Set stroking color for the page
-
HaruPage::setRotate — Set rotation angle of the page
-
HaruPage::setSize — Set size and direction of the page
-
HaruPage::setSlideShow — Set transition style for the page
-
HaruPage::setTextLeading — Set text leading (line spacing) for the page
-
HaruPage::setTextMatrix — Set the current text transformation matrix of the page
-
HaruPage::setTextRenderingMode — Set text rendering mode for the page
-
HaruPage::setTextRise — Set the current value of text rising
-
HaruPage::setWidth — Set width of the page
-
HaruPage::setWordSpace — Set word spacing for the page
-
HaruPage::showText — Print text at the current position of the page
-
HaruPage::showTextNextLine — Move the current position to the start of the next line and print the text
-
HaruPage::stroke — Paint current path
-
HaruPage::textOut — Print the text on the specified position
-
HaruPage::textRect — Print the text inside the specified region
- LV. hash
-
hash_algos — Return a list of registered hashing algorithms
-
hash_file — Generate a hash value using the contents of a given file
-
hash_final — Finalize an incremental hash and return resulting digest
-
hash_hmac_file — Generate a keyed hash value using the HMAC method and the contents of a given file
-
hash_hmac — Generate a keyed hash value using the HMAC method
-
hash_init — Initialize an incremental hashing context
-
hash_update_file — Pump data into an active hashing context from a file
-
hash_update_stream — Pump data into an active hashing context from an open stream
-
hash_update — Pump data into an active hashing context
-
hash — Generate a hash value (message digest)
- LVI. http
-
Installation — Installing the HTTP extension
-
Configuration — http module configuration directives
-
Resources — Resources created by the HTTP extension
-
Constants — predefined http module constants
-
Request Options — options usable with the HttpRequest class and request functions
-
HttpMessage — HTTP Message Class
-
HttpMessage::__construct — HttpMessage constructor
-
HttpMessage::factory — Create HttpMessage from string
-
HttpMessage::fromEnv — Create HttpMessage from environment
-
HttpMessage::fromString — Create HttpMessage from string
-
HttpMessage::toString — Get string representation
-
HttpMessage::toMessageTypeObject — Create HTTP object regarding message type
-
HttpMessage::guessContentType — Guess content type
-
HttpMessage::detach — Detach HttpMessage
-
HttpMessage::prepend — Prepend message(s)
-
HttpMessage::reverse — Reverse message chain
-
HttpMessage::send — Send message
-
HttpMessage::getParentMessage — Get parent message
-
HttpMessage::getType — Get message type
-
HttpMessage::setType — Set message type
-
HttpMessage::getHttpVersion — Get HTTP version
-
HttpMessage::setHttpVersion — Set HTTP version
-
HttpMessage::getHeaders — Get message headers
-
HttpMessage::getHeader — Get header
-
HttpMessage::addHeaders — Add headers
-
HttpMessage::setHeaders — Set headers
-
HttpMessage::getBody — Get message body
-
HttpMessage::setBody — Set message body
-
HttpMessage::getRequestMethod — Get request method
-
HttpMessage::setRequestMethod — Set request method
-
HttpMessage::getRequestUrl — Get request URL
-
HttpMessage::setRequestUrl — Set request URL
-
HttpMessage::getResponseCode — Get response code
-
HttpMessage::setResponseCode — Set response code
-
HttpMessage::getResponseStatus — Get response status
-
HttpMessage::setResponseStatus — Set response status
-
HttpQueryString — HTTP Query String Class
-
HttpQueryString::__construct — HttpQueryString constructor
-
HttpQueryString::singleton — HttpQueryString singleton
-
HttpQueryString::get — Get (part of) query string
-
HttpQueryString::mod — Modifiy query string copy
-
HttpQueryString::set — Set query string params
-
HttpQueryString::toArray — Get query string as array
-
HttpQueryString::toString — Get query string
-
HttpQueryString::xlate — Change query strings charset
-
HttpDeflateStream — HTTP Deflate Stream Class
-
HttpDeflateStream::factory — HttpDeflateStream class factory
-
HttpDeflateStream::__construct — HttpDeflateStream class constructor
-
HttpDeflateStream::update — Update deflate stream
-
HttpDeflateStream::flush — Flush deflate stream
-
HttpDeflateStream::finish — Finalize deflate stream
-
HttpInflateStream — HTTP Inflate Stream
-
HttpInflateStream::factory — HttpInflateStream class factory
-
HttpInflateStream::__construct — HttpInflateStream class constructor
-
HttpInflateStream::update — Update inflate stream
-
HttpInflateStream::flush — Flush inflate stream
-
HttpInflateStream::finish — Finalize inflate stream
-
HttpRequest — HTTP Request Class
-
HttpRequest::addCookies — Add cookies
-
HttpRequest::addHeaders — Add headers
-
HttpRequest::addPostFields — Add post fields
-
HttpRequest::addPostFile — Add post file
-
HttpRequest::addPutData — Add put data
-
HttpRequest::addQueryData — Add query data
-
HttpRequest::addRawPostData — Add raw post data
-
HttpRequest::addSslOptions — Add ssl options
-
HttpRequest::clearHistory — Clear history
-
HttpRequest::__construct — HttpRequest constructor
-
HttpRequest::enableCookies — Enable cookies
-
HttpRequest::getContentType — Get content type
-
HttpRequest::getCookies — Get cookies
-
HttpRequest::getHeaders — Get headers
-
HttpRequest::getHistory — Get history
-
HttpRequest::getMethod — Get method
-
HttpRequest::getOptions — Get options
-
HttpRequest::getPostFields — Get post fields
-
HttpRequest::getPostFiles — Get post files
-
HttpRequest::getPutData — Get put data
-
HttpRequest::getPutFile — Get put file
-
HttpRequest::getQueryData — Get query data
-
HttpRequest::getRawPostData — Get raw post data
-
HttpRequest::getRawRequestMessage — Get raw request message
-
HttpRequest::getRawResponseMessage — Get raw response message
-
HttpRequest::getRequestMessage — Get request message
-
HttpRequest::getResponseBody — Get response body
-
HttpRequest::getResponseCode — Get response code
-
HttpRequest::getResponseCookies — Get response cookie(s)
-
HttpRequest::getResponseData — Get response data
-
HttpRequest::getResponseHeader — Get response header(s)
-
HttpRequest::getResponseInfo — Get response info
-
HttpRequest::getResponseMessage — Get response message
-
HttpRequest::getResponseStatus — Get response status
-
HttpRequest::getSslOptions — Get ssl options
-
HttpRequest::getUrl — Get url
-
HttpRequest::resetCookies — Reset cookies
-
HttpRequest::send — Send request
-
HttpRequest::setContentType — Set content type
-
HttpRequest::setCookies — Set cookies
-
HttpRequest::setHeaders — Set headers
-
HttpRequest::setMethod — Set method
-
HttpRequest::setOptions — Set options
-
HttpRequest::setPostFields — Set post fields
-
HttpRequest::setPostFiles — Set post files
-
HttpRequest::setPutData — Set put data
-
HttpRequest::setPutFile — Set put file
-
HttpRequest::setQueryData — Set query data
-
HttpRequest::setRawPostData — Set raw post data
-
HttpRequest::setSslOptions — Set ssl options
-
HttpRequest::setUrl — Set URL
-
HttpRequestPool — HTTP Request Pool Class
-
HttpRequestPool::attach — Attach HttpRequest
-
HttpRequestPool::__construct — HttpRequestPool constructor
-
HttpRequestPool::__destruct — HttpRequestPool destructor
-
HttpRequestPool::detach — Detach HttpRequest
-
HttpRequestPool::getAttachedRequests — Get attached requests
-
HttpRequestPool::getFinishedRequests — Get finished requests
-
HttpRequestPool::reset — Reset request pool
-
HttpRequestPool::send — Send all requests
-
HttpRequestPool::socketPerform — Perform socket actions
-
HttpRequestPool::socketSelect — Perform socket select
-
HttpResponse — HTTP Response Class
-
HttpResponse::capture — Capture script output
-
HttpResponse::getBufferSize — Get buffer size
-
HttpResponse::getCacheControl — Get cache control
-
HttpResponse::getCache — Get cache
-
HttpResponse::getContentDisposition — Get content disposition
-
HttpResponse::getContentType — Get content type
-
HttpResponse::getData — Get data
-
HttpResponse::getETag — Get ETag
-
HttpResponse::getFile — Get file
-
HttpResponse::getGzip — Get gzip
-
HttpResponse::getHeader — Get header
-
HttpResponse::getLastModified — Get last modified
-
HttpResponse::getStream — Get Stream
-
HttpResponse::getThrottleDelay — Get throttle delay
-
HttpResponse::getRequestBody — Get request body
-
HttpResponse::getRequestBodyStream — Get request body stream
-
HttpResponse::getRequestHeaders — Get request headers
-
HttpResponse::guessContentType — Guess content type
-
HttpResponse::redirect — Redirect
-
HttpResponse::send — Send response
-
HttpResponse::setBufferSize — Set buffer size
-
HttpResponse::setCacheControl — Set cache control
-
HttpResponse::setCache — Set cache
-
HttpResponse::setContentDisposition — Set content disposition
-
HttpResponse::setContentType — Set content type
-
HttpResponse::setData — Set data
-
HttpResponse::setETag — Set ETag
-
HttpResponse::setFile — Set file
-
HttpResponse::setGzip — Set gzip
-
HttpResponse::setHeader — Set header
-
HttpResponse::setLastModified — Set last modified
-
HttpResponse::setStream — Set stream
-
HttpResponse::setThrottleDelay — Set throttle delay
-
HttpResponse::status — Send HTTP response status
-
http_cache_etag — Caching by ETag
-
http_cache_last_modified — Caching by last modification
-
http_chunked_decode — Decode chunked-encoded data
-
http_deflate — Deflate data
-
http_inflate — Inflate data
-
http_get_request_body_stream — Get request body as stream
-
http_get_request_body — Get request body as string
-
http_get_request_headers — Get request headers as array
-
http_date — Compose HTTP RFC compliant date
-
http_support — Check built-in HTTP support
-
http_match_etag — Match ETag
-
http_match_modified — Match last modification
-
http_match_request_header — Match any header
-
http_build_cookie — Build cookie string
-
http_negotiate_charset — Negotiate clients preferred character set
-
http_negotiate_content_type — Negotiate clients preferred content type
-
http_negotiate_language — Negotiate clients preferred language
-
ob_deflatehandler — Deflate output handler
-
ob_etaghandler — ETag output handler
-
ob_inflatehandler — Inflate output handler
-
http_parse_cookie — Parse HTTP cookie
-
http_parse_headers — Parse HTTP headers
-
http_parse_message — Parse HTTP messages
-
http_parse_params — Parse parameter list
-
http_persistent_handles_count — Stat persistent handles
-
http_persistent_handles_ident — Get/set ident of persistent handles
-
http_persistent_handles_clean — Clean up persistent handles
-
http_get — Perform GET request
-
http_head — Perform HEAD request
-
http_post_data — Perform POST request with pre-encoded data
-
http_post_fields — Perform POST request with data to be encoded
-
http_put_data — Perform PUT request with data
-
http_put_file — Perform PUT request with file
-
http_put_stream — Perform PUT request with stream
-
http_request_method_exists — Check whether request method exists
-
http_request_method_name — Get request method name
-
http_request_method_register — Register request method
-
http_request_method_unregister — Unregister request method
-
http_request — Perform custom request
-
http_request_body_encode — Encode request body
-
http_redirect — Issue HTTP redirect
-
http_send_content_disposition — Send Content-Disposition
-
http_send_content_type — Send Content-Type
-
http_send_data — Send arbitrary data
-
http_send_file — Send file
-
http_send_last_modified — Send Last-Modified
-
http_send_status — Send HTTP response status
-
http_send_stream — Send stream
-
http_throttle — HTTP throttling
-
http_build_str — Build query string
-
http_build_url — Build an URL
- LVII. Hyperwave
-
hw_Array2Objrec — Convert attributes from object array to object record
-
hw_changeobject —
Changes attributes of an object (obsolete)
-
hw_Children — Object ids of children
-
hw_ChildrenObj — Object records of children
-
hw_Close — Closes the Hyperwave connection
-
hw_Connect — Opens a connection
-
hw_connection_info —
Prints information about the connection to Hyperwave server
-
hw_cp — Copies objects
-
hw_Deleteobject — Deletes object
-
hw_DocByAnchor — Object id object belonging to anchor
-
hw_DocByAnchorObj — Object record object belonging to anchor
-
hw_Document_Attributes — Object record of hw_document
-
hw_Document_BodyTag — Body tag of hw_document
-
hw_Document_Content — Returns content of hw_document
-
hw_Document_SetContent — Sets/replaces content of hw_document
-
hw_Document_Size — Size of hw_document
-
hw_dummy —
Hyperwave dummy function
-
hw_EditText — Retrieve text document
-
hw_Error — Error number
-
hw_ErrorMsg — Returns error message
-
hw_Free_Document — Frees hw_document
-
hw_GetAnchors — Object ids of anchors of document
-
hw_GetAnchorsObj — Object records of anchors of document
-
hw_GetAndLock — Return object record and lock object
-
hw_GetChildColl — Object ids of child collections
-
hw_GetChildCollObj — Object records of child collections
-
hw_GetChildDocColl — Object ids of child documents of collection
-
hw_GetChildDocCollObj — Object records of child documents of collection
-
hw_GetObject — Object record
-
hw_GetObjectByQuery — Search object
-
hw_GetObjectByQueryColl — Search object in collection
-
hw_GetObjectByQueryCollObj — Search object in collection
-
hw_GetObjectByQueryObj — Search object
-
hw_GetParents — Object ids of parents
-
hw_GetParentsObj — Object records of parents
-
hw_getrellink —
Get link from source to dest relative to rootid
-
hw_GetRemote — Gets a remote document
-
hw_getremotechildren — Gets children of remote document
-
hw_GetSrcByDestObj — Returns anchors pointing at object
-
hw_GetText — Retrieve text document
-
hw_getusername — Name of currently logged in user
-
hw_Identify — Identifies as user
-
hw_InCollections — Check if object ids in collections
-
hw_Info — Info about connection
-
hw_InsColl — Insert collection
-
hw_InsDoc — Insert document
-
hw_insertanchors —
Inserts only anchors into text
-
hw_InsertDocument — Upload any document
-
hw_InsertObject — Inserts an object record
-
hw_mapid — Maps global id on virtual local id
-
hw_Modifyobject — Modifies object record
-
hw_mv — Moves objects
-
hw_New_Document — Create new document
-
hw_objrec2array — Convert attributes from object record to object array
-
hw_Output_Document — Prints hw_document
-
hw_pConnect — Make a persistent database connection
-
hw_PipeDocument — Retrieve any document
-
hw_Root — Root object id
-
hw_setlinkroot —
Set the id to which links are calculated
-
hw_stat —
Returns status string
-
hw_Unlock — Unlock object
-
hw_Who — List of currently logged in users
- LVIII. Hyperwave API
-
hw_api_attribute->key — Returns key of the attribute
-
hw_api_attribute->langdepvalue — Returns value for a given language
-
hw_api_attribute->value — Returns value of the attribute
-
hw_api_attribute->values — Returns all values of the attribute
-
hw_api_attribute — Creates instance of class hw_api_attribute
-
hw_api->checkin — Checks in an object
-
hw_api->checkout — Checks out an object
-
hw_api->children — Returns children of an object
-
hw_api_content->mimetype — Returns mimetype
-
hw_api_content->read — Read content
-
hw_api->content — Returns content of an object
-
hw_api->copy — Copies physically
-
hw_api->dbstat — Returns statistics about database server
-
hw_api->dcstat — Returns statistics about document cache server
-
hw_api->dstanchors — Returns a list of all destination anchors
-
hw_api->dstofsrcanchor — Returns destination of a source anchor
-
hw_api_error->count — Returns number of reasons
-
hw_api_error->reason — Returns reason of error
-
hw_api->find — Search for objects
-
hw_api->ftstat — Returns statistics about fulltext server
-
hwapi_hgcsp — Returns object of class hw_api
-
hw_api->hwstat — Returns statistics about Hyperwave server
-
hw_api->identify — Log into Hyperwave Server
-
hw_api->info — Returns information about server configuration
-
hw_api->insert — Inserts a new object
-
hw_api->insertanchor — Inserts a new object of type anchor
-
hw_api->insertcollection — Inserts a new object of type collection
-
hw_api->insertdocument — Inserts a new object of type document
-
hw_api->link — Creates a link to an object
-
hw_api->lock — Locks an object
-
hw_api->move — Moves object between collections
-
hw_api_content — Create new instance of class hw_api_content
-
hw_api_object->assign — Clones object
-
hw_api_object->attreditable — Checks whether an attribute is editable
-
hw_api_object->count — Returns number of attributes
-
hw_api_object->insert — Inserts new attribute
-
hw_api_object — Creates a new instance of class hw_api_object
-
hw_api_object->remove — Removes attribute
-
hw_api_object->title — Returns the title attribute
-
hw_api_object->value — Returns value of attribute
-
hw_api->object — Retrieve attribute information
-
hw_api->objectbyanchor — Returns the object an anchor belongs to
-
hw_api->parents — Returns parents of an object
-
hw_api_reason->description — Returns description of reason
-
hw_api_reason->type — Returns type of reason
-
hw_api->remove — Delete an object
-
hw_api->replace — Replaces an object
-
hw_api->setcommittedversion — Commits version other than last version
-
hw_api->srcanchors — Returns a list of all source anchors
-
hw_api->srcsofdst — Returns source of a destination object
-
hw_api->unlock — Unlocks a locked object
-
hw_api->user — Returns the own user object
-
hw_api->userlist — Returns a list of all logged in users
- LIX. i18n
-
locale_get_default — Get the default Locale
-
locale_set_default — Set the default Locale
- LX. IBM (PDO)
-
PDO_IBM DSN — Connecting to IBM databases
- LXI. ibm_db2
-
db2_autocommit —
Returns or sets the AUTOCOMMIT state for a database connection
-
db2_bind_param —
Binds a PHP variable to an SQL statement parameter
-
db2_client_info — Returns an object with properties that describe the DB2 database client
-
db2_close —
Closes a database connection
-
db2_column_privileges —
Returns a result set listing the columns and associated privileges for a table
-
db2_columns —
Returns a result set listing the columns and associated metadata for a table
-
db2_commit —
Commits a transaction
-
db2_conn_error —
Returns a string containing the SQLSTATE returned by the last connection attempt
-
db2_conn_errormsg —
Returns the last connection error message and SQLCODE value
-
db2_connect —
Returns a connection to a database
-
db2_cursor_type —
Returns the cursor type used by a statement resource
-
db2_escape_string —
Used to escape certain characters.
-
db2_exec —
Executes an SQL statement directly
-
db2_execute —
Executes a prepared SQL statement
-
db2_fetch_array —
Returns an array, indexed by column position, representing a row in a result set
-
db2_fetch_assoc —
Returns an array, indexed by column name, representing a row in a result set
-
db2_fetch_both —
Returns an array, indexed by both column name and position, representing a row in a result set
-
db2_fetch_object —
Returns an object with properties representing columns in the fetched row
-
db2_fetch_row —
Sets the result set pointer to the next row or requested row
-
db2_field_display_size —
Returns the maximum number of bytes required to display a column
-
db2_field_name —
Returns the name of the column in the result set
-
db2_field_num —
Returns the position of the named column in a result set
-
db2_field_precision —
Returns the precision of the indicated column in a result set
-
db2_field_scale —
Returns the scale of the indicated column in a result set
-
db2_field_type —
Returns the data type of the indicated column in a result set
-
db2_field_width —
Returns the width of the current value of the indicated column in a result set
-
db2_foreign_keys —
Returns a result set listing the foreign keys for a table
-
db2_free_result —
Frees resources associated with a result set
-
db2_free_stmt —
Frees resources associated with the indicated statement resource
-
db2_get_option — Retrieves an option value for a statement resource or a connection resource
-
db2_lob_read —
Gets a user defined size of LOB files with each invocation
-
db2_next_result —
Requests the next result set from a stored procedure
-
db2_num_fields —
Returns the number of fields contained in a result set
-
db2_num_rows —
Returns the number of rows affected by an SQL statement
-
db2_pconnect —
Returns a persistent connection to a database
-
db2_prepare —
Prepares an SQL statement to be executed
-
db2_primary_keys —
Returns a result set listing primary keys for a table
-
db2_procedure_columns —
Returns a result set listing stored procedure parameters
-
db2_procedures —
Returns a result set listing the stored procedures registered in a database
-
db2_result —
Returns a single column from a row in the result set
-
db2_rollback —
Rolls back a transaction
-
db2_server_info — Returns an object with properties that describe the DB2 database server
-
db2_set_option — Set options for connection or statement resources
-
db2_special_columns —
Returns a result set listing the unique row identifier columns for a table
-
db2_statistics —
Returns a result set listing the index and statistics for a table
-
db2_stmt_error —
Returns a string containing the SQLSTATE returned by an SQL statement
-
db2_stmt_errormsg —
Returns a string containing the last SQL statement error message
-
db2_table_privileges —
Returns a result set listing the tables and associated privileges in a database
-
db2_tables —
Returns a result set listing the tables and associated metadata in a database
- LXII. iconv
-
iconv_get_encoding — Retrieve internal configuration variables of iconv extension
-
iconv_mime_decode_headers — Decodes multiple
MIME header fields at once
-
iconv_mime_decode — Decodes a
MIME header field
-
iconv_mime_encode — Composes a
MIME header field
-
iconv_set_encoding — Set current setting for character encoding conversion
-
iconv_strlen — Returns the character count of string
-
iconv_strpos — Finds position of first occurrence of a needle within a haystack
-
iconv_strrpos — Finds the last occurrence of a needle within a haystack
-
iconv_substr — Cut out part of a string
-
iconv — Convert string to requested character encoding
-
ob_iconv_handler — Convert character encoding as output buffer handler
- LXIII. id3
-
id3_get_frame_long_name — Get the long name of an ID3v2 frame
-
id3_get_frame_short_name — Get the short name of an ID3v2 frame
-
id3_get_genre_id — Get the id for a genre
-
id3_get_genre_list — Get all possible genre values
-
id3_get_genre_name — Get the name for a genre id
-
id3_get_tag — Get all information stored in an ID3 tag
-
id3_get_version — Get version of an ID3 tag
-
id3_remove_tag — Remove an existing ID3 tag
-
id3_set_tag — Update information stored in an ID3 tag
- LXIV. IIS Functions
-
iis_add_server — Creates a new virtual web server
-
iis_get_dir_security — Gets Directory Security
-
iis_get_script_map — Gets script mapping on a virtual directory for a specific extension
-
iis_get_server_by_comment — Return the instance number associated with the Comment
-
iis_get_server_by_path — Return the instance number associated with the Path
-
iis_get_server_rights — Gets server rights
-
iis_get_service_state — Returns the state for the service defined by ServiceId
-
iis_remove_server — Removes the virtual web server indicated by ServerInstance
-
iis_set_app_settings — Creates application scope for a virtual directory
-
iis_set_dir_security — Sets Directory Security
-
iis_set_script_map — Sets script mapping on a virtual directory
-
iis_set_server_rights — Sets server rights
-
iis_start_server — Starts the virtual web server
-
iis_start_service — Starts the service defined by ServiceId
-
iis_stop_server — Stops the virtual web server
-
iis_stop_service — Stops the service defined by ServiceId
- LXV. Image
-
gd_info — Retrieve information about the currently installed GD library
-
getimagesize — Get the size of an image
-
image_type_to_extension — Get file extension for image type
-
image_type_to_mime_type — Get Mime-Type for image-type returned by getimagesize,
exif_read_data, exif_thumbnail, exif_imagetype
-
image2wbmp — Output image to browser or file
-
imagealphablending — Set the blending mode for an image
-
imageantialias — Should antialias functions be used or not
-
imagearc — Draws an arc
-
imagechar — Draw a character horizontally
-
imagecharup — Draw a character vertically
-
imagecolorallocate — Allocate a color for an image
-
imagecolorallocatealpha — Allocate a color for an image
-
imagecolorat — Get the index of the color of a pixel
-
imagecolorclosest — Get the index of the closest color to the specified color
-
imagecolorclosestalpha — Get the index of the closest color to the specified color + alpha
-
imagecolorclosesthwb — Get the index of the color which has the hue, white and blackness nearest to the given color
-
imagecolordeallocate — De-allocate a color for an image
-
imagecolorexact — Get the index of the specified color
-
imagecolorexactalpha — Get the index of the specified color + alpha
-
imagecolormatch — Makes the colors of the palette version of an image more closely match the true color version
-
imagecolorresolve — Get the index of the specified color or its closest possible alternative
-
imagecolorresolvealpha — Get the index of the specified color + alpha or its closest possible alternative
-
imagecolorset — Set the color for the specified palette index
-
imagecolorsforindex — Get the colors for an index
-
imagecolorstotal — Find out the number of colors in an image's palette
-
imagecolortransparent — Define a color as transparent
-
imageconvolution — Apply a 3x3 convolution matrix, using coefficient and offset
-
imagecopy — Copy part of an image
-
imagecopymerge — Copy and merge part of an image
-
imagecopymergegray — Copy and merge part of an image with gray scale
-
imagecopyresampled — Copy and resize part of an image with resampling
-
imagecopyresized — Copy and resize part of an image
-
imagecreate — Create a new palette based image
-
imagecreatefromgd2 — Create a new image from GD2 file or URL
-
imagecreatefromgd2part — Create a new image from a given part of GD2 file or URL
-
imagecreatefromgd — Create a new image from GD file or URL
-
imagecreatefromgif — Create a new image from file or URL
-
imagecreatefromjpeg — Create a new image from file or URL
-
imagecreatefrompng — Create a new image from file or URL
-
imagecreatefromstring — Create a new image from the image stream in the string
-
imagecreatefromwbmp — Create a new image from file or URL
-
imagecreatefromxbm — Create a new image from file or URL
-
imagecreatefromxpm — Create a new image from file or URL
-
imagecreatetruecolor — Create a new true color image
-
imagedashedline — Draw a dashed line
-
imagedestroy — Destroy an image
-
imageellipse — Draw an ellipse
-
imagefill — Flood fill
-
imagefilledarc — Draw a partial ellipse and fill it
-
imagefilledellipse — Draw a filled ellipse
-
imagefilledpolygon — Draw a filled polygon
-
imagefilledrectangle — Draw a filled rectangle
-
imagefilltoborder — Flood fill to specific color
-
imagefilter — Applies a filter to an image
-
imagefontheight — Get font height
-
imagefontwidth — Get font width
-
imageftbbox — Give the bounding box of a text using fonts via freetype2
-
imagefttext — Write text to the image using fonts using FreeType 2
-
imagegammacorrect — Apply a gamma correction to a GD image
-
imagegd2 — Output GD2 image to browser or file
-
imagegd — Output GD image to browser or file
-
imagegif — Output image to browser or file
-
imagegrabscreen — Captures the whole screen
-
imagegrabwindow — Captures a window
-
imageinterlace — Enable or disable interlace
-
imageistruecolor — Finds whether an image is a truecolor image
-
imagejpeg — Output image to browser or file
-
imagelayereffect — Set the alpha blending flag to use the bundled libgd layering effects
-
imageline — Draw a line
-
imageloadfont — Load a new font
-
imagepalettecopy — Copy the palette from one image to another
-
imagepng — Output a PNG image to either the browser or a file
-
imagepolygon — Draws a polygon
-
imagepsbbox — Give the bounding box of a text rectangle using PostScript Type1 fonts
-
imagepsencodefont — Change the character encoding vector of a font
-
imagepsextendfont — Extend or condense a font
-
imagepsfreefont — Free memory used by a PostScript Type 1 font
-
imagepsloadfont — Load a PostScript Type 1 font from file
-
imagepsslantfont — Slant a font
-
imagepstext — Draws a text over an image using PostScript Type1 fonts
-
imagerectangle — Draw a rectangle
-
imagerotate — Rotate an image with a given angle
-
imagesavealpha — Set the flag to save full alpha channel information (as opposed to single-color transparency) when saving PNG images
-
imagesetbrush — Set the brush image for line drawing
-
imagesetpixel — Set a single pixel
-
imagesetstyle — Set the style for line drawing
-
imagesetthickness — Set the thickness for line drawing
-
imagesettile — Set the tile image for filling
-
imagestring — Draw a string horizontally
-
imagestringup — Draw a string vertically
-
imagesx — Get image width
-
imagesy — Get image height
-
imagetruecolortopalette — Convert a true color image to a palette image
-
imagettfbbox — Give the bounding box of a text using TrueType fonts
-
imagettftext — Write text to the image using TrueType fonts
-
imagetypes — Return the image types supported by this PHP build
-
imagewbmp — Output image to browser or file
-
imagexbm — Output XBM image to browser or file
-
iptcembed — Embed binary IPTC data into a JPEG image
-
iptcparse — Parse a binary IPTC block into single tags.
-
jpeg2wbmp — Convert JPEG image file to WBMP image file
-
png2wbmp — Convert PNG image file to WBMP image file
- LXVI. Imagick Image Library
-
Constants — Imagick class constants
-
Installation — Installing the Imagick extension
-
Imagick — Imagick Class
-
Imagick::adaptiveBlurImage — Adds adaptive blur filter to image
-
Imagick::adaptiveResizeImage — Adaptively resize image with data dependent triangulation
-
Imagick::adaptiveSharpenImage — Adaptively sharpen the image
-
Imagick::adaptiveThresholdImage — Selects a threshold for each pixel based on a range of intensity
-
Imagick::addImage — Adds new image to Imagick object image list
-
Imagick::addNoiseImage — Adds random noise to the image
-
Imagick::affineTransformImage — Transforms an image
-
Imagick::annotateImage — Annotates an image with text
-
Imagick::appendImages — Append a set of images
-
Imagick::averageImages — Average a set of images
-
Imagick::blackThresholdImage — Forces all pixels below the threshold into black
-
Imagick::blurImage — Adds blur filter to image
-
Imagick::borderImage — Surrounds the image with a border
-
Imagick::charcoalImage — Simulates a charcoal drawing
-
Imagick::chopImage — Removes a region of an image and trims
-
Imagick::clear — Clears all resources associated to Imagick object
-
Imagick::clipImage — Clips along the first path from the 8BIM profile
-
Imagick::clipPathImage — Clips along the named paths from the 8BIM profile
-
Imagick::clone — Makes an exact copy of the Imagick object
-
Imagick::coalesceImages — Composites a set of images
-
Imagick::colorFloodfillImage — Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
-
Imagick::colorizeImage — Blends the fill color with the image
-
Imagick::clutImage — Replaces colors in the image from a color lookup table
-
Imagick::combineImages — Combines one or more images into a single image
-
Imagick::commentImage — Adds a comment to your image
-
Imagick::compareImageChannels — Returns the difference in one or more images
-
Imagick::compareImageLayers — Returns the maximum bounding region between images
-
Imagick::compositeImage — Composite one image onto another
-
Imagick::__construct — The Imagick constructor
-
Imagick::contrastImage — Change the contrast of the image
-
Imagick::contrastStretchImage — Enhances the contrast of a color image
-
Imagick::convolveImage — Applies a custom convolution kernel to the image
-
Imagick::cropImage — Extracts a region of the image
-
Imagick::current — Sets image pointer at the correct sequence
-
Imagick::cycleColormapImage — Displaces an image's colormap
-
Imagick::deconstructImages — Returns certain pixel differences between images
-
Imagick::despeckleImage — Reduces the speckle noise in an image
-
Imagick::destroy — Destroys the Imagick object
-
Imagick::drawImage — Renders the ImagickDrawing object on the current image
-
Imagick::edgeImage — Enhance edges within the image
-
Imagick::embossImage — Returns a grayscale image with a three-dimensional effect
-
Imagick::enhanceImage — Improves the quality of a noisy image
-
Imagick::equalizeImage — Equalizes the image histogram
-
Imagick::evaluateImage — Applies an expression to an image
-
Imagick::flattenImages — Merges a sequence of images
-
Imagick::flipImage — Creates a vertical mirror image
-
Imagick::flopImage — Creates a horizontal mirror image
-
Imagick::frameImage — Adds a simulated three-dimensional border
-
Imagick::fxImage — Evaluate expression for each pixel in the image
-
Imagick::gammaImage — Gamma-corrects an image
-
Imagick::gaussianBlurImage — Blurs an image
-
Imagick::getCompressionQuality — Gets the object compression quality
-
Imagick::getCompression — Gets the object compression type
-
Imagick::getCopyright — Returns the ImageMagick API copyright as a string constant
-
Imagick::getFilename — The filename associated with an image sequence
-
Imagick::getFormat — Returns the format of the Imagick object
-
Imagick::getHomeURL — Returns the ImageMagick home URL
-
Imagick::getImageBackgroundColor — Returns the image background color
-
Imagick::getImageBlob — Returns the image sequence as a blob
-
Imagick::getImageBluePrimary — Returns the chromaticy blue primary point
-
Imagick::getImageBorderColor — Returns the image border color
-
Imagick::getImageChannelDepth — Gets the depth for a particular image channel
-
Imagick::getImageChannelDistortion — Compares image channels of an image to a reconstructed image
-
Imagick::getImageChannelExtrema — Gets the extrema for one or more image channels
-
Imagick::getImageChannelMean — Gets the mean and standard deviation
-
Imagick::getImageChannelStatistics — Returns statistics for each channel in the image
-
Imagick::getImageColormapColor — Returns the color of the specified colormap index
-
Imagick::getImageColorspace — Gets the image colorspace
-
Imagick::getImageColors — Gets the number of unique colors in the image
-
Imagick::getImageCompose — Returns the composite operator associated with the image
-
Imagick::getImageDelay — Gets the image delay
-
Imagick::getImageDepth — Gets the image depth
-
Imagick::getImageDispose — Gets the image disposal method
-
Imagick::getImageDistortion — Compares an image to a reconstructed image
-
Imagick::getImageExtrema — Gets the extrema for the image
-
Imagick::getImageFilename — Returns the filename of a particular image in a sequence
-
Imagick::getImageSize — Returns the image length in bytes
-
Imagick::getImageLength — Returns the image length in bytes
-
Imagick::getImageFormat — Returns the format of a particular image in a sequence
-
Imagick::getImageGamma — Gets the image gamma
-
Imagick::getImageGeometry — Gets the width and height as an associative array
-
Imagick::getImageGreenPrimary — Returns the chromaticy green primary point
-
Imagick::getImageHeight — Returns the image height
-
Imagick::getImageHistogram — Gets the image histogram
-
Imagick::getImageIndex — Gets the index of the current active image
-
Imagick::getIteratorIndex — Gets the index of the current active image
-
Imagick::getImageInterlaceScheme — Gets the image interlace scheme
-
Imagick::getImageInterpolateMethod — Returns the interpolation method
-
Imagick::getImageIterations — Gets the image iterations
-
Imagick::getImageMatteColor — Returns the image matte color
-
Imagick::getImageMatte — Return if the image has a matte channel
-
Imagick::getImagePage — Returns the page geometry
-
Imagick::getImagePixelColor — Returns the color of the specified pixel
-
Imagick::getImageProfile — Returns the named image profile
-
Imagick::getImageProfiles — Returns the image profiles
-
Imagick::getImageProperty — Returns the named image property
-
Imagick::getImageProperties — Returns the image properties
-
Imagick::getImageRedPrimary — Returns the chromaticy red primary point
-
Imagick::getImageRegion — Extracts a region of the image
-
Imagick::getImageRenderingIntent — Gets the image rendering intent
-
Imagick::getImageResolution — Gets the image X and Y resolution
-
Imagick::getImageScene — Gets the image scene
-
Imagick::getImageSignature — Generates an SHA-256 message digest
-
Imagick::getImageTicksPerSecond — Gets the image ticks-per-second
-
Imagick::getImageTotalInkDensity — Gets the image total ink density
-
Imagick::getImageType — Gets the potential image type
-
Imagick::getImageUnits — Gets the image units of resolution
-
Imagick::getImageVirtualPixelMethod — Returns the virtual pixel method
-
Imagick::getImageWhitePoint — Returns the chromaticy white point
-
Imagick::getImageWidth — Returns the image width
-
Imagick::getImage — Returns a new Imagick object
-
Imagick::getInterlaceScheme — Gets the object interlace scheme
-
Imagick::getImageOrientation — Gets the image orientation.
-
Imagick::getNumberImages — Returns the number of images in the object
-
Imagick::getOption — Returns a value associated with the specified key
-
Imagick::getPackageName — Returns the ImageMagick package name
-
Imagick::getPage — Returns the page geometry
-
Imagick::getPixelIterator — Returns a MagickPixelIterator
-
Imagick::getPixelRegionIterator — Get an ImagickPixelIterator for an image section
-
Imagick::getQuantumDepth — Gets the quantum depth
-
Imagick::getQuantumRange — Returns the Imagick quantum range
-
Imagick::getReleaseDate — Returns the ImageMagick release date
-
Imagick::getResourceLimit — Returns the specified resource limit
-
Imagick::getResource — Returns the specified resource's memory usage
-
Imagick::getSamplingFactors — Gets the horizontal and vertical sampling factor
-
Imagick::getSizeOffset — Returns the size offset
-
Imagick::getSize — Returns the size associated with the Imagick object
-
Imagick::getVersion — Returns the ImageMagick API version
-
Imagick::hasNextImage — Checks if the object has more images
-
Imagick::hasPreviousImage — Checks if the object has a previous image
-
Imagick::identifyImage — Identifies an image and fetches attributes
-
Imagick::implodeImage — Creates a new image as a copy
-
Imagick::labelImage — Adds a label to an image
-
Imagick::levelImage — Adjusts the levels of an image
-
Imagick::linearStretchImage — Stretches with saturation the image intensity
-
Imagick::magnifyImage — Scales an image proportionally 2x
-
Imagick::matteFloodfillImage — Changes the transparency value of a color
-
Imagick::medianFilterImage — Applies a digital filter
-
Imagick::minifyImage — Scales an image proportionally to half its size
-
Imagick::modulateImage — Control the brightness, saturation, and hue
-
Imagick::montageImage — Creates a composite image
-
Imagick::morphImages — Method morphs a set of images
-
Imagick::compareImages — Compares an image to a reconstructed image
-
Imagick::mosaicImages — Forms a mosaic from images
-
Imagick::motionBlurImage — Simulates motion blur
-
Imagick::negateImage — Negates the colors in the reference image
-
Imagick::distortImage — Distorts an image using various distortion methods
-
Imagick::newImage — Creates a new image
-
Imagick::setImage — Replaces image in the object
-
Imagick::setImageOpacity — Sets the image opacity level
-
Imagick::newPseudoImage — Creates a new image
-
Imagick::nextImage — Moves to the next image
-
Imagick::normalizeImage — Enhances the contrast of a color image
-
Imagick::oilPaintImage — Simulates an oil painting
-
Imagick::optimizeImageLayers — Removes repeated portions of images to optimize
-
Imagick::paintOpaqueImage — Change any pixel that matches color
-
Imagick::paintTransparentImage — Changes any pixel that matches color with the color defined by fill
-
Imagick::pingImageBlob — Quickly fetch attributes
-
Imagick::pingImageFile — Get basic image attributes in a lightweight manner
-
Imagick::pingImage — Fetch basic attributes about the image
-
Imagick::posterizeImage — Reduces the image to a limited number of color level
-
Imagick::previousImage — Move to the previous image in the object
-
Imagick::profileImage — Adds or removes a profile from an image
-
Imagick::queryFormats — Returns formats supported by Imagick
-
Imagick::radialBlurImage — Radial blurs an image
-
Imagick::raiseImage — Creates a simulated 3d button-like effect
-
Imagick::randomThresholdImage — Creates a high-contrast, two-color image
-
Imagick::readImageBlob — Reads image from a binary string
-
Imagick::readImageFile — Reads image from open filehandle
-
Imagick::readImage — Reads image from filename
-
Imagick::reduceNoiseImage — Smooths the contours of an image
-
Imagick::removeImageProfile — Removes the named image profile and returns it
-
Imagick::removeImage — Removes an image from the image list
-
Imagick::render — Renders all preceding drawing commands
-
Imagick::resampleImage — Resample image to desired resolution
-
Imagick::resizeImage — Scales an image
-
Imagick::rollImage — Offsets an image
-
Imagick::rotateImage — Rotates an image
-
Imagick::sampleImage — Scales an image with pixel sampling
-
Imagick::scaleImage — Scales the size of an image
-
Imagick::separateImageChannel — Separates a channel from the image
-
Imagick::sepiaToneImage — Sepia tones an image
-
Imagick::setBackgroundColor — Sets the object's default background color
-
Imagick::setCompressionQuality — Sets the object's default compression quality
-
Imagick::setCompression — Sets the object's default compression type
-
Imagick::setFilename — Sets the filename before you read or write the image
-
Imagick::setFirstIterator — Sets the Imagick iterator to the first image
-
Imagick::setLastIterator — Sets the Imagick iterator to the last image
-
Imagick::setFormat — Sets the format of the Imagick object
-
Imagick::setImageBackgroundColor — Sets the image background color
-
Imagick::setImageBias — Sets the image bias for any method that convolves an image
-
Imagick::setImageBluePrimary — Sets the image chromaticity blue primary point
-
Imagick::setImageBorderColor — Sets the image border color
-
Imagick::setImageChannelDepth — Sets the depth of a particular image channel
-
Imagick::setImageColormapColor — Sets the color of the specified colormap index
-
Imagick::setImageColorspace — Sets the image colorspace
-
Imagick::setImageCompose — Sets the image composite operator
-
Imagick::setImageCompression — Sets the image compression
-
Imagick::setImageDelay — Sets the image delay
-
Imagick::setImageDepth — Sets the image depth
-
Imagick::setImageDispose — Sets the image disposal method
-
Imagick::setImageExtent — Sets the image size
-
Imagick::setImageFilename — Sets the filename of a particular image
-
Imagick::setImageFormat — Sets the format of a particular image
-
Imagick::setImageGamma — Sets the image gamma
-
Imagick::setImageGreenPrimary — Sets the image chromaticity green primary point
-
Imagick::setImageIndex — Set the iterator position
-
Imagick::setIteratorIndex — Set the iterator position
-
Imagick::setImageInterlaceScheme — Sets the image compression
-
Imagick::setImageInterpolateMethod — Sets the image interpolate pixel method
-
Imagick::setImageIterations — Sets the image iterations
-
Imagick::setImageMatteColor — Sets the image matte color
-
Imagick::setImageMatte — Sets the image matte channel
-
Imagick::setImagePage — Sets the page geometry of the image
-
Imagick::setImageProfile — Adds a named profile to the Imagick object
-
Imagick::setImageProperty — Sets an image property
-
Imagick::setImageRedPrimary — Sets the image chromaticity red primary point
-
Imagick::setImageRenderingIntent — Sets the image rendering intent
-
Imagick::setImageResolution — Sets the image resolution
-
Imagick::setImageScene — Sets the image scene
-
Imagick::setImageTicksPerSecond — Sets the image ticks-per-second
-
Imagick::setImageType — Sets the image type
-
Imagick::setImageUnits — Sets the image units of resolution
-
Imagick::setImageVirtualPixelMethod — Sets the image virtual pixel method
-
Imagick::setImageWhitePoint — Sets the image chromaticity white point
-
Imagick::setInterlaceScheme — Sets the image compression
-
Imagick::setImageOrientation — Sets the image orientation.
-
Imagick::setOption — Set an option
-
Imagick::setPage — Sets the page geometry of the Imagick object
-
Imagick::setResolution — Sets the image resolution
-
Imagick::setResourceLimit — Sets the limit for a particular resource in megabytes
-
Imagick::setSamplingFactors — Sets the image sampling factors
-
Imagick::setSizeOffset — Sets the size and offset of the Imagick object
-
Imagick::setSize — Sets the size of the Imagick object
-
Imagick::setType — Sets the image type attribute
-
Imagick::shadeImage — Creates a 3D effect
-
Imagick::shadowImage — Simulates an image shadow
-
Imagick::sharpenImage — Sharpens an image
-
Imagick::shaveImage — Shaves pixels from the image edges
-
Imagick::shearImage — Creating a parallelogram
-
Imagick::sigmoidalContrastImage — Adjusts the contrast of an image
-
Imagick::sketchImage — Simulates a pencil sketch
-
Imagick::solarizeImage — Applies a solarizing effect to the image
-
Imagick::spliceImage — Splices a solid color into the image
-
Imagick::spreadImage — Randomly displaces each pixel in a block
-
Imagick::steganoImage — Hides a digital watermark within the image
-
Imagick::stereoImage — Composites two images
-
Imagick::stripImage — Strips an image of all profiles and comments
-
Imagick::swirlImage — Swirls the pixels about the center of the image
-
Imagick::textureImage — Repeatedly tiles the texture image
-
Imagick::thresholdImage — Changes the value of individual pixels based on a threshold
-
Imagick::thumbnailImage — Changes the size of an image
-
Imagick::tintImage — Applies a color vector to each pixel in the image
-
Imagick::transverseImage — Creates a horizontal mirror image
-
Imagick::trimImage — Remove edges from the image
-
Imagick::uniqueImageColors — Discards all but one of any pixel color
-
Imagick::unsharpMaskImage — Sharpens an image
-
Imagick::valid — Checks if the current item is valid
-
Imagick::vignetteImage — Adds vignette filter to the image
-
Imagick::waveImage — Adds wave filter to the image
-
Imagick::whiteThresholdImage — Force all pixels above the threshold into white
-
Imagick::writeImages — Writes an image or image sequence
-
Imagick::writeImage — Writes an image to the specified filename
-
Imagick::displayImage — Displays an image
-
Imagick::displayImages — Displays an image or image sequence
-
Imagick::cropThumbnailImage — Creates a crop thumbnail
-
Imagick::roundCorners — Rounds image corners
-
Imagick::polaroidImage — Simulates a Polaroid picture
-
Imagick::queryFonts — Returns the configured fonts
-
Imagick::queryFontMetrics — Returns an array representing the font metrics
-
ImagickDraw::affine — Adjusts the current affine transformation matrix
-
ImagickDraw::annotation — Draws text on the image
-
ImagickDraw::arc — Draws an arc
-
ImagickDraw::bezier — Draws a bezier curve
-
ImagickDraw::circle — Draws a circle
-
ImagickDraw::clear — Clears the ImagickDraw
-
ImagickDraw::clone — Makes an exact copy of the specified ImagickDraw object
-
ImagickDraw::color — Draws color on image
-
ImagickDraw::comment — Adds a comment
-
ImagickDraw::composite — Composites an image onto the current image
-
ImagickDraw::__construct — The ImagickDraw constructor
-
ImagickDraw::destroy — Frees all associated resources
-
ImagickDraw::ellipse — Draws an ellipse on the image
-
ImagickDraw::getClipPath — Obtains the current clipping path ID
-
ImagickDraw::getClipRule — Returns the current polygon fill rule
-
ImagickDraw::getClipUnits — Returns the interpretation of clip path units
-
ImagickDraw::getFillColor — Returns the fill color
-
ImagickDraw::getFillOpacity — Returns the opacity used when drawing
-
ImagickDraw::getFillRule — Returns the fill rule
-
ImagickDraw::getFontFamily — Returns the font family
-
ImagickDraw::getFontSize — Returns the font pointsize
-
ImagickDraw::getFontStyle — Returns the font style
-
ImagickDraw::getFontWeight — Returns the font weight
-
ImagickDraw::getFont — Returns the font
-
ImagickDraw::getGravity — Returns the text placement gravity
-
ImagickDraw::getStrokeAntialias — Returns the current stroke antialias setting
-
ImagickDraw::getStrokeColor — Returns the color used for stroking object outlines
-
ImagickDraw::getStrokeDashArray — Returns an array representing the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths
-
ImagickDraw::getStrokeDashOffset — Returns the offset into the dash pattern to start the dash
-
ImagickDraw::getStrokeLineCap — Returns the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked
-
ImagickDraw::getStrokeLineJoin — Returns the shape to be used at the corners of paths when they are stroked
-
ImagickDraw::getStrokeMiterLimit — Returns the stroke miter limit
-
ImagickDraw::getStrokeOpacity — Returns the opacity of stroked object outlines
-
ImagickDraw::getStrokeWidth — Returns the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
-
ImagickDraw::getTextAlignment — Returns the text alignment
-
ImagickDraw::getTextAntialias — Returns the current text antialias setting
-
ImagickDraw::getTextDecoration — Returns the text decoration
-
ImagickDraw::getTextEncoding — Returns the code set used for text annotations
-
ImagickDraw::getTextUnderColor — Returns the text under color
-
ImagickDraw::getVectorGraphics — Returns a string containing vector graphics
-
ImagickDraw::line — Draws a line
-
ImagickDraw::matte — Paints on the image's opacity channel
-
ImagickDraw::pathClose — Adds a path element to the current path
-
ImagickDraw::pathCurveToAbsolute — Draws a cubic Bezier curve
-
ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierAbsolute — Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
-
ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierRelative — Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
-
ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute — Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
-
ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothRelative — Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
-
ImagickDraw::pathCurveToRelative — Draws a cubic Bezier curve
-
ImagickDraw::pathCurveToSmoothAbsolute — Draws a cubic Bezier curve
-
ImagickDraw::pathCurveToSmoothRelative — Draws a cubic Bezier curve
-
ImagickDraw::pathEllipticArcAbsolute — Draws an elliptical arc
-
ImagickDraw::pathEllipticArcRelative — Draws an elliptical arc
-
ImagickDraw::pathFinish — Terminates the current path
-
ImagickDraw::pathLineToAbsolute — Draws a line path
-
ImagickDraw::pathLineToHorizontalAbsolute — Draws a horizontal line path
-
ImagickDraw::pathLineToHorizontalRelative — Draws a horizontal line
-
ImagickDraw::pathLineToRelative — Draws a line path
-
ImagickDraw::pathLineToVerticalAbsolute — Draws a vertical line
-
ImagickDraw::pathLineToVerticalRelative — Draws a vertical line path
-
ImagickDraw::pathMoveToAbsolute — Starts a new sub-path
-
ImagickDraw::pathMoveToRelative — Starts a new sub-path
-
ImagickDraw::pathStart — Declares the start of a path drawing list
-
ImagickDraw::point — Draws a point
-
ImagickDraw::polygon — Draws a polygon
-
ImagickDraw::polyline — Draws a polyline
-
ImagickDraw::popClipPath — Terminates a clip path definition
-
ImagickDraw::popDefs — Terminates a definition list
-
ImagickDraw::pop — Destroys the current ImagickDraw in the stack, and returns to the previously pushed ImagickDraw
-
ImagickDraw::popPattern — Terminates a pattern definition
-
ImagickDraw::pushClipPath — Starts a clip path definition
-
ImagickDraw::pushDefs — Indicates that following commands create named elements for early processing
-
ImagickDraw::push — Clones the current ImagickDraw and pushes it to the stack
-
ImagickDraw::pushPattern — Indicates that subsequent commands up to a ImagickDraw::opPattern() command comprise the definition of a named pattern
-
ImagickDraw::rectangle — Draws a rectangle
-
ImagickDraw::render — Renders all preceding drawing commands onto the image
-
ImagickDraw::rotate — Applies the specified rotation to the current coordinate space
-
ImagickDraw::roundRectangle — Draws a rounted rectangle
-
ImagickDraw::scale — Adjusts the scaling factor
-
ImagickDraw::setClipPath — Associates a named clipping path with the image
-
ImagickDraw::setClipRule — Set the polygon fill rule to be used by the clipping path
-
ImagickDraw::setClipUnits — Sets the interpretation of clip path units
-
ImagickDraw::setFillAlpha — Sets the opacity to use when drawing using the fill color or fill texture
-
ImagickDraw::setFillColor — Sets the fill color to be used for drawing filled objects
-
ImagickDraw::setFillOpacity — Sets the opacity to use when drawing using the fill color or fill texture
-
ImagickDraw::setFillPatternURL — Sets the URL to use as a fill pattern for filling objects
-
ImagickDraw::setFillRule — Sets the fill rule to use while drawing polygons
-
ImagickDraw::setFontFamily — Sets the font family to use when annotating with text
-
ImagickDraw::setFontSize — Sets the font pointsize to use when annotating with text
-
ImagickDraw::setFontStretch — Sets the font stretch to use when annotating with text
-
ImagickDraw::setFontStyle — Sets the font style to use when annotating with text
-
ImagickDraw::setFontWeight — Sets the font weight
-
ImagickDraw::setFont — Sets the fully-specified font to use when annotating with text
-
ImagickDraw::setGravity — Sets the text placement gravity
-
ImagickDraw::setStrokeAlpha — Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines
-
ImagickDraw::setStrokeAntialias — Controls whether stroked outlines are antialiased
-
ImagickDraw::setStrokeColor — Sets the color used for stroking object outlines
-
ImagickDraw::setStrokeDashArray — Specifies the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths
-
ImagickDraw::setStrokeDashOffset — Specifies the offset into the dash pattern to start the dash
-
ImagickDraw::setStrokeLineCap — Specifies the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked
-
ImagickDraw::setStrokeLineJoin — Specifies the shape to be used at the corners of paths when they are stroked
-
ImagickDraw::setStrokeMiterLimit — Specifies the miter limit
-
ImagickDraw::setStrokeOpacity — Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines
-
ImagickDraw::setStrokePatternURL — Sets the pattern used for stroking object outlines
-
ImagickDraw::setStrokeWidth — Sets the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
-
ImagickDraw::setTextAlignment — Specifies a text alignment
-
ImagickDraw::setTextAntialias — Controls whether text is antialiased
-
ImagickDraw::setTextDecoration — Specifies a decoration
-
ImagickDraw::setTextEncoding — Specifies specifies the text code set
-
ImagickDraw::setTextUnderColor — Specifies the color of a background rectangle
-
ImagickDraw::setVectorGraphics — Sets the vector graphics
-
ImagickDraw::setViewbox — Sets the overall canvas size
-
ImagickDraw::skewX — Skews the current coordinate system in the horizontal direction
-
ImagickDraw::skewY — Skews the current coordinate system in the vertical direction
-
ImagickDraw::translate — Applies a translation to the current coordinate system
-
ImagickPixel::clear — Clears resources associated with this object
-
ImagickPixel::__construct — The ImagickPixel constructor
-
ImagickPixel::destroy — Deallocates resources associated with this object
-
ImagickPixel::getColor — Returns the color
-
ImagickPixel::getColorCount — Returns the color count associated with this color
-
ImagickPixel::getColorValue — Gets the normalized value of the provided color channel
-
ImagickPixel::getHSL — Returns the normalized HSL color of the ImagickPixel object
-
ImagickPixel::isSimilar — Check the distance between this color and another
-
ImagickPixel::setColorValue — Sets the normalized value of one of the channels
-
ImagickPixel::setColor — Sets the color
-
ImagickPixel::setHSL — Sets the normalized HSL color
-
ImagickPixelIterator::clear — Clear resources associated with a PixelIterator
-
ImagickPixelIterator::__construct — The ImagickPixelIterator constructor
-
ImagickPixelIterator::destroy — Deallocates resources associated with a PixelIterator
-
ImagickPixelIterator::getCurrentIteratorRow — Returns the current row of ImagickPixel objects
-
ImagickPixelIterator::getIteratorRow — Returns the current pixel iterator row
-
ImagickPixelIterator::getNextIteratorRow — Returns the next row of the pixel iterator
-
ImagickPixelIterator::getPreviousIteratorRow — Returns the previous row
-
ImagickPixelIterator::newPixelIterator — Returns a new pixel iterator
-
ImagickPixelIterator::newPixelRegionIterator — Returns a new pixel iterator
-
ImagickPixelIterator::resetIterator — Resets the pixel iterator
-
ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorFirstRow — Sets the pixel iterator to the first pixel row
-
ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorLastRow — Sets the pixel iterator to the last pixel row
-
ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorRow — Set the pixel iterator row
-
ImagickPixelIterator::syncIterator — Syncs the pixel iterator
- LXVII. IMAP
-
imap_8bit — Convert an 8bit string to a quoted-printable string
-
imap_alerts — Returns all IMAP alert messages that have occurred
-
imap_append — Append a string message to a specified mailbox
-
imap_base64 — Decode BASE64 encoded text
-
imap_binary — Convert an 8bit string to a base64 string
-
imap_body — Read the message body
-
imap_bodystruct — Read the structure of a specified body section of a specific message
-
imap_check — Check current mailbox
-
imap_clearflag_full — Clears flags on messages
-
imap_close — Close an IMAP stream
-
imap_createmailbox — Create a new mailbox
-
imap_delete — Mark a message for deletion from current mailbox
-
imap_deletemailbox — Delete a mailbox
-
imap_errors — Returns all of the IMAP errors that have occured
-
imap_expunge — Delete all messages marked for deletion
-
imap_fetch_overview — Read an overview of the information in the headers of the given message
-
imap_fetchbody — Fetch a particular section of the body of the message
-
imap_fetchheader — Returns header for a message
-
imap_fetchstructure — Read the structure of a particular message
-
imap_get_quota — Retrieve the quota level settings, and usage statics per mailbox
-
imap_get_quotaroot — Retrieve the quota settings per user
-
imap_getacl — Gets the ACL for a given mailbox
-
imap_getmailboxes — Read the list of mailboxes, returning detailed information on each one
-
imap_getsubscribed — List all the subscribed mailboxes
-
imap_header — Alias of imap_headerinfo()
-
imap_headerinfo — Read the header of the message
-
imap_headers — Returns headers for all messages in a mailbox
-
imap_last_error — Gets the last IMAP error that occurred during this page request
-
imap_list — Read the list of mailboxes
-
imap_listmailbox — Alias of imap_list()
-
imap_listscan — Returns the list of mailboxes that matches the given text
-
imap_listsubscribed — Alias of imap_lsub()
-
imap_lsub — List all the subscribed mailboxes
-
imap_mail_compose — Create a MIME message based on given envelope and body sections
-
imap_mail_copy — Copy specified messages to a mailbox
-
imap_mail_move — Move specified messages to a mailbox
-
imap_mail — Send an email message
-
imap_mailboxmsginfo — Get information about the current mailbox
-
imap_mime_header_decode — Decode MIME header elements
-
imap_msgno — Gets the message sequence number for the given UID
-
imap_num_msg — Gets the number of messages in the current mailbox
-
imap_num_recent — Gets the number of recent messages in current mailbox
-
imap_open — Open an IMAP stream to a mailbox
-
imap_ping — Check if the IMAP stream is still active
-
imap_qprint — Convert a quoted-printable string to an 8 bit string
-
imap_renamemailbox — Rename an old mailbox to new mailbox
-
imap_reopen — Reopen IMAP stream to new mailbox
-
imap_rfc822_parse_adrlist — Parses an address string
-
imap_rfc822_parse_headers — Parse mail headers from a string
-
imap_rfc822_write_address — Returns a properly formatted email address given the mailbox, host, and personal info
-
imap_savebody — Save a specific body section to a file
-
imap_scanmailbox — Alias of imap_listscan()
-
imap_search — This function returns an array of messages matching the given search criteria
-
imap_set_quota — Sets a quota for a given mailbox
-
imap_setacl — Sets the ACL for a giving mailbox
-
imap_setflag_full — Sets flags on messages
-
imap_sort — Gets and sort messages
-
imap_status — Returns status information on a mailbox
-
imap_subscribe — Subscribe to a mailbox
-
imap_thread — Returns a tree of threaded message
-
imap_timeout — Set or fetch imap timeout
-
imap_uid — This function returns the UID for the given message sequence number
-
imap_undelete — Unmark the message which is marked deleted
-
imap_unsubscribe — Unsubscribe from a mailbox
-
imap_utf7_decode — Decodes a modified UTF-7 encoded string
-
imap_utf7_encode — Converts ISO-8859-1 string to modified UTF-7 text
-
imap_utf8 — Converts MIME-encoded text to UTF-8
- LXVIII. Informix
-
ifx_affected_rows — Get number of rows affected by a query
-
ifx_blobinfile_mode — Set the default blob mode for all select queries
-
ifx_byteasvarchar — Set the default byte mode
-
ifx_close — Close Informix connection
-
ifx_connect — Open Informix server connection
-
ifx_copy_blob — Duplicates the given blob object
-
ifx_create_blob — Creates an blob object
-
ifx_create_char — Creates an char object
-
ifx_do — Execute a previously prepared SQL-statement
-
ifx_error — Returns error code of last Informix call
-
ifx_errormsg — Returns error message of last Informix call
-
ifx_fetch_row — Get row as an associative array
-
ifx_fieldproperties — List of SQL fieldproperties
-
ifx_fieldtypes — List of Informix SQL fields
-
ifx_free_blob — Deletes the blob object
-
ifx_free_char — Deletes the char object
-
ifx_free_result — Releases resources for the query
-
ifx_get_blob — Return the content of a blob object
-
ifx_get_char — Return the content of the char object
-
ifx_getsqlca — Get the contents of sqlca.sqlerrd[0..5] after a query
-
ifx_htmltbl_result — Formats all rows of a query into a HTML table
-
ifx_nullformat — Sets the default return value on a fetch row
-
ifx_num_fields — Returns the number of columns in the query
-
ifx_num_rows — Count the rows already fetched from a query
-
ifx_pconnect — Open persistent Informix connection
-
ifx_prepare — Prepare an SQL-statement for execution
-
ifx_query — Send Informix query
-
ifx_textasvarchar — Set the default text mode
-
ifx_update_blob — Updates the content of the blob object
-
ifx_update_char — Updates the content of the char object
-
ifxus_close_slob — Deletes the slob object
-
ifxus_create_slob — Creates an slob object and opens it
-
ifxus_free_slob — Deletes the slob object
-
ifxus_open_slob — Opens an slob object
-
ifxus_read_slob — Reads nbytes of the slob object
-
ifxus_seek_slob — Sets the current file or seek position
-
ifxus_tell_slob — Returns the current file or seek position
-
ifxus_write_slob — Writes a string into the slob object
- LXIX. Informix (PDO)
-
PDO_INFORMIX DSN — Connecting to Informix databases
- LXX. Ingres II
-
ingres_autocommit — Switch autocommit on or off
-
ingres_close — Close an Ingres II database connection
-
ingres_commit — Commit a transaction
-
ingres_connect — Open a connection to an Ingres database
-
ingres_cursor — Gets a cursor name for a given link resource
-
ingres_errno — Gets the last ingres error number generated
-
ingres_error — Gets a meaningful error message for the last error generated
-
ingres_errsqlstate — Gets the last SQLSTATE error code generated
-
ingres_fetch_array — Fetch a row of result into an array
-
ingres_fetch_object — Fetch a row of result into an object
-
ingres_fetch_row — Fetch a row of result into an enumerated array
-
ingres_field_length — Get the length of a field
-
ingres_field_name — Get the name of a field in a query result
-
ingres_field_nullable — Test if a field is nullable
-
ingres_field_precision — Get the precision of a field
-
ingres_field_scale — Get the scale of a field
-
ingres_field_type — Get the type of a field in a query result
-
ingres_num_fields — Get the number of fields returned by the last query
-
ingres_num_rows — Get the number of rows affected or returned by the last query
-
ingres_pconnect — Open a persistent connection to an Ingres II database
-
ingres_query — Send a SQL query to Ingres II
-
ingres_rollback — Roll back a transaction
- LXXI. IRC Gateway
-
ircg_channel_mode — Set channel mode flags for user
-
ircg_disconnect — Close connection to server
-
ircg_eval_ecmascript_params — Decodes a list of JS-encoded parameters
-
ircg_fetch_error_msg — Returns the error from previous IRCG operation
-
ircg_get_username — Get username for connection
-
ircg_html_encode — Encodes HTML preserving output
-
ircg_ignore_add — Add a user to your ignore list on a server
-
ircg_ignore_del — Remove a user from your ignore list on a server
-
ircg_invite — Invites nickname to channel
-
ircg_is_conn_alive — Check connection status
-
ircg_join — Join a channel on a connected server
-
ircg_kick — Kick a user out of a channel on server
-
ircg_list — List topic/user count of channel(s)
-
ircg_lookup_format_messages — Check for the existence of a format message set
-
ircg_lusers — IRC network statistics
-
ircg_msg — Send message to channel or user on server
-
ircg_names — Query visible usernames
-
ircg_nick — Change nickname on server
-
ircg_nickname_escape — Encode special characters in nickname to be IRC-compliant
-
ircg_nickname_unescape — Decodes encoded nickname
-
ircg_notice — Send a notice to a user on server
-
ircg_oper — Elevates privileges to IRC OPER
-
ircg_part — Leave a channel on server
-
ircg_pconnect — Connect to an IRC server
-
ircg_register_format_messages — Register a format message set
-
ircg_set_current — Set current connection for output
-
ircg_set_file — Set logfile for connection
-
ircg_set_on_die — Set action to be executed when connection dies
-
ircg_topic — Set topic for channel on server
-
ircg_who — Queries server for WHO information
-
ircg_whois — Query server for user information
- LXXII. Java
-
java_last_exception_clear — Clear last Java exception
-
java_last_exception_get — Get last Java exception
- LXXIII. JSON
-
json_decode — Decodes a JSON string
-
json_encode — Returns the JSON representation of a value
- LXXIV. kadm5
-
kadm5_chpass_principal — Changes the principal's password
-
kadm5_create_principal — Creates a kerberos principal with the given parameters
-
kadm5_delete_principal — Deletes a kerberos principal
-
kadm5_destroy — Closes the connection to the admin server and releases all related resources
-
kadm5_flush — Flush all changes to the Kerberos database, leaving the connection
to the Kerberos admin server open
-
kadm5_get_policies — Gets all policies from the Kerberos database
-
kadm5_get_principal — Gets the principal's entries from the Kerberos database
-
kadm5_get_principals — Gets all principals from the Kerberos database
-
kadm5_init_with_password — Opens a connection to the KADM5 library and initializes any
neccessary state information
-
kadm5_modify_principal — Modifies a kerberos principal with the given parameters
- LXXV. LDAP
-
ldap_8859_to_t61 — Translate 8859 characters to t61 characters
-
ldap_add — Add entries to LDAP directory
-
ldap_bind — Bind to LDAP directory
-
ldap_close — Alias of ldap_unbind()
-
ldap_compare — Compare value of attribute found in entry specified with DN
-
ldap_connect — Connect to an LDAP server
-
ldap_count_entries — Count the number of entries in a search
-
ldap_delete — Delete an entry from a directory
-
ldap_dn2ufn — Convert DN to User Friendly Naming format
-
ldap_err2str — Convert LDAP error number into string error message
-
ldap_errno — Return the LDAP error number of the last LDAP command
-
ldap_error — Return the LDAP error message of the last LDAP command
-
ldap_explode_dn — Splits DN into its component parts
-
ldap_first_attribute — Return first attribute
-
ldap_first_entry — Return first result id
-
ldap_first_reference — Return first reference
-
ldap_free_result — Free result memory
-
ldap_get_attributes — Get attributes from a search result entry
-
ldap_get_dn — Get the DN of a result entry
-
ldap_get_entries — Get all result entries
-
ldap_get_option — Get the current value for given option
-
ldap_get_values_len — Get all binary values from a result entry
-
ldap_get_values — Get all values from a result entry
-
ldap_list — Single-level search
-
ldap_mod_add — Add attribute values to current attributes
-
ldap_mod_del — Delete attribute values from current attributes
-
ldap_mod_replace — Replace attribute values with new ones
-
ldap_modify — Modify an LDAP entry
-
ldap_next_attribute — Get the next attribute in result
-
ldap_next_entry — Get next result entry
-
ldap_next_reference — Get next reference
-
ldap_parse_reference — Extract information from reference entry
-
ldap_parse_result — Extract information from result
-
ldap_read — Read an entry
-
ldap_rename — Modify the name of an entry
-
ldap_sasl_bind — Bind to LDAP directory using SASL
-
ldap_search — Search LDAP tree
-
ldap_set_option — Set the value of the given option
-
ldap_set_rebind_proc — Set a callback function to do re-binds on referral chasing
-
ldap_sort — Sort LDAP result entries
-
ldap_start_tls — Start TLS
-
ldap_t61_to_8859 — Translate t61 characters to 8859 characters
-
ldap_unbind — Unbind from LDAP directory
- LXXVI. libxml
-
libxml_clear_errors —
Clear libxml error buffer
-
libxml_get_errors —
Retrieve array of errors
-
libxml_get_last_error —
Retrieve last error from libxml
-
libxml_set_streams_context —
Set the streams context for the next libxml document load or write
-
libxml_use_internal_errors —
Disable libxml errors and allow user to fetch error information as needed
- LXXVII. Lotus Notes
-
notes_body — Open the message msg_number in the specified mailbox on the specified server (leave serv
-
notes_copy_db — Copy a Lotus Notes database
-
notes_create_db — Create a Lotus Notes database
-
notes_create_note — Create a note using form form_name
-
notes_drop_db — Drop a Lotus Notes database
-
notes_find_note — Returns a note id found in database_name
-
notes_header_info — Open the message msg_number in the specified mailbox on the specified server (leave serv
-
notes_list_msgs — Returns the notes from a selected database_name
-
notes_mark_read — Mark a note_id as read for the User user_name
-
notes_mark_unread — Mark a note_id as unread for the User user_name
-
notes_nav_create — Create a navigator name, in database_name
-
notes_search — Find notes that match keywords in database_name
-
notes_unread — Returns the unread note id's for the current User user_name
-
notes_version — Get the version Lotus Notes
- LXXVIII. LZF
-
lzf_compress —
LZF compression
-
lzf_decompress —
LZF decompression
-
lzf_optimized_for —
Determines what LZF extension was optimized for
- LXXIX. Mail
-
ezmlm_hash — Calculate the hash value needed by EZMLM
-
mail — Send mail
- LXXX. Mailparse
-
mailparse_determine_best_xfer_encoding — Gets the best way of encoding
-
mailparse_msg_create — Create a mime mail resource
-
mailparse_msg_extract_part_file — Extracts/decodes a message section
-
mailparse_msg_extract_part —
Extracts/decodes a message section
-
mailparse_msg_extract_whole_part_file — Extracts a message section including headers without decoding the transfer encoding
-
mailparse_msg_free — Frees a MIME resource
-
mailparse_msg_get_part_data — Returns an associative array of info about the message
-
mailparse_msg_get_part — Returns a handle on a given section in a mimemessage
-
mailparse_msg_get_structure — Returns an array of mime section names in the supplied message
-
mailparse_msg_parse_file — Parses a file
-
mailparse_msg_parse — Incrementally parse data into buffer
-
mailparse_rfc822_parse_addresses — Parse RFC 822 compliant addresses
-
mailparse_stream_encode —
Streams data from source file pointer, apply encoding and write to destfp
-
mailparse_uudecode_all —
Scans the data from fp and extract each embedded uuencoded file
- LXXXI. Math
-
abs — Absolute value
-
acos — Arc cosine
-
acosh — Inverse hyperbolic cosine
-
asin — Arc sine
-
asinh — Inverse hyperbolic sine
-
atan2 — Arc tangent of two variables
-
atan — Arc tangent
-
atanh — Inverse hyperbolic tangent
-
base_convert — Convert a number between arbitrary bases
-
bindec — Binary to decimal
-
ceil — Round fractions up
-
cos — Cosine
-
cosh — Hyperbolic cosine
-
decbin — Decimal to binary
-
dechex — Decimal to hexadecimal
-
decoct — Decimal to octal
-
deg2rad —
Converts the number in degrees to the radian equivalent
-
exp — Calculates the exponent of
e
-
expm1 —
Returns exp(number) - 1, computed in a way that is accurate even
when the value of number is close to zero
-
floor — Round fractions down
-
fmod — Returns the floating point remainder (modulo) of the division
of the arguments
-
getrandmax — Show largest possible random value
-
hexdec — Hexadecimal to decimal
-
hypot —
Calculate the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angle triangle
-
is_finite — Finds whether a value is a legal finite number
-
is_infinite — Finds whether a value is infinite
-
is_nan — Finds whether a value is not a number
-
lcg_value — Combined linear congruential generator
-
log10 — Base-10 logarithm
-
log1p —
Returns log(1 + number), computed in a way that is accurate even when
the value of number is close to zero
-
log — Natural logarithm
-
max — Find highest value
-
min — Find lowest value
-
mt_getrandmax — Show largest possible random value
-
mt_rand — Generate a better random value
-
mt_srand — Seed the better random number generator
-
octdec — Octal to decimal
-
pi — Get value of pi
-
pow — Exponential expression
-
rad2deg —
Converts the radian number to the equivalent number in degrees
-
rand — Generate a random integer
-
round — Rounds a float
-
sin — Sine
-
sinh — Hyperbolic sine
-
sqrt — Square root
-
srand — Seed the random number generator
-
tan — Tangent
-
tanh — Hyperbolic tangent
- LXXXII. MaxDB
-
maxdb_affected_rows — Gets the number of affected rows in a previous MaxDB operation
-
maxdb_autocommit — Turns on or off auto-commiting database modifications
-
maxdb_bind_param — Alias of maxdb_stmt_bind_param()
-
maxdb_bind_result — Alias of maxdb_stmt_bind_result()
-
maxdb_change_user — Changes the user of the specified database connection
-
maxdb_character_set_name — Returns the default character set for the database connection
-
maxdb_client_encoding — Alias of maxdb_character_set_name()
-
maxdb_close_long_data — Alias of maxdb_stmt_close_long_data()
-
maxdb_close — Closes a previously opened database connection
-
maxdb_commit — Commits the current transaction
-
maxdb_connect_errno — Returns the error code from last connect call
-
maxdb_connect_error — Returns a string description of the last connect error
-
maxdb_connect — Open a new connection to the MaxDB server
-
maxdb_data_seek — Adjusts the result pointer to an arbitary row in the result
-
maxdb_debug — Performs debugging operations
-
maxdb_disable_reads_from_master — Disable reads from master
-
maxdb_disable_rpl_parse — Disable RPL parse
-
maxdb_dump_debug_info — Dump debugging information into the log
-
maxdb_embedded_connect — Open a connection to an embedded MaxDB server
-
maxdb_enable_reads_from_master — Enable reads from master
-
maxdb_enable_rpl_parse — Enable RPL parse
-
maxdb_errno — Returns the error code for the most recent function call
-
maxdb_error — Returns a string description of the last error
-
maxdb_escape_string — Alias of maxdb_real_escape_string()
-
maxdb_execute — Alias of maxdb_stmt_execute()
-
maxdb_fetch_array — Fetch a result row as an associative, a numeric array, or both
-
maxdb_fetch_assoc — Fetch a result row as an associative array
-
maxdb_fetch_field_direct — Fetch meta-data for a single field
-
maxdb_fetch_field — Returns the next field in the result set
-
maxdb_fetch_fields — Returns an array of resources representing the fields in a result set
-
maxdb_fetch_lengths — Returns the lengths of the columns of the current row in the result set
-
maxdb_fetch_object — Returns the current row of a result set as an object
-
maxdb_fetch_row — Get a result row as an enumerated array
-
maxdb_fetch — Alias of maxdb_stmt_fetch()
-
maxdb_field_count — Returns the number of columns for the most recent query
-
maxdb_field_seek — Set result pointer to a specified field offset
-
maxdb_field_tell — Get current field offset of a result pointer
-
maxdb_free_result — Frees the memory associated with a result
-
maxdb_get_client_info — Returns the MaxDB client version as a string
-
maxdb_get_client_version — Get MaxDB client info
-
maxdb_get_host_info — Returns a string representing the type of connection used
-
maxdb_get_metadata — Alias of maxdb_stmt_result_metadata()
-
maxdb_get_proto_info — Returns the version of the MaxDB protocol used
-
maxdb_get_server_info — Returns the version of the MaxDB server
-
maxdb_get_server_version — Returns the version of the MaxDB server as an integer
-
maxdb_info — Retrieves information about the most recently executed query
-
maxdb_init — Initializes MaxDB and returns an resource for use with maxdb_real_connect
-
maxdb_insert_id — Returns the auto generated id used in the last query
-
maxdb_kill — Disconnects from a MaxDB server
-
maxdb_master_query — Enforce execution of a query on the master in a master/slave setup
-
maxdb_more_results — Check if there any more query results from a multi query
-
maxdb_multi_query — Performs a query on the database
-
maxdb_next_result — Prepare next result from multi_query
-
maxdb_num_fields — Get the number of fields in a result
-
maxdb_num_rows — Gets the number of rows in a result
-
maxdb_options — Set options
-
maxdb_param_count — Alias of maxdb_stmt_param_count()
-
maxdb_ping — Pings a server connection, or tries to reconnect if the connection has gone down
-
maxdb_prepare — Prepare a SQL statement for execution
-
maxdb_query — Performs a query on the database
-
maxdb_real_connect — Opens a connection to a MaxDB server
-
maxdb_real_escape_string — Escapes special characters in a string for use in a SQL statement, taking into account the current charset of the connection
-
maxdb_real_query — Execute an SQL query
-
maxdb_report — Enables or disables internal report functions
-
maxdb_rollback — Rolls back current transaction
-
maxdb_rpl_parse_enabled — Check if RPL parse is enabled
-
maxdb_rpl_probe — RPL probe
-
maxdb_rpl_query_type — Returns RPL query type
-
maxdb_select_db — Selects the default database for database queries
-
maxdb_send_long_data — Alias of maxdb_stmt_send_long_data()
-
maxdb_send_query — Send the query and return
-
maxdb_server_end — Shut down the embedded server
-
maxdb_server_init — Initialize embedded server
-
maxdb_set_opt — Alias of maxdb_options()
-
maxdb_sqlstate — Returns the SQLSTATE error from previous MaxDB operation
-
maxdb_ssl_set — Used for establishing secure connections using SSL
-
maxdb_stat — Gets the current system status
-
maxdb_stmt_affected_rows — Returns the total number of rows changed, deleted, or
inserted by the last executed statement
-
maxdb_stmt_bind_param — Binds variables to a prepared statement as parameters
-
maxdb_stmt_bind_result — Binds variables to a prepared statement for result storage
-
maxdb_stmt_close_long_data — Ends a sequence of maxdb_stmt_send_long_data()
-
maxdb_stmt_close — Closes a prepared statement
-
maxdb_stmt_data_seek — Seeks to an arbitray row in statement result set
-
maxdb_stmt_errno — Returns the error code for the most recent statement call
-
maxdb_stmt_error — Returns a string description for last statement error
-
maxdb_stmt_execute — Executes a prepared Query
-
maxdb_stmt_fetch — Fetch results from a prepared statement into the bound variables
-
maxdb_stmt_free_result — Frees stored result memory for the given statement handle
-
maxdb_stmt_init — Initializes a statement and returns an resource for use with maxdb_stmt_prepare
-
maxdb_stmt_num_rows — Return the number of rows in statements result set
-
maxdb_stmt_param_count — Returns the number of parameter for the given statement
-
maxdb_stmt_prepare — Prepare a SQL statement for execution
-
maxdb_stmt_reset — Resets a prepared statement
-
maxdb_stmt_result_metadata — Returns result set metadata from a prepared statement
-
maxdb_stmt_send_long_data — Send data in blocks
-
maxdb_stmt_sqlstate — Returns SQLSTATE error from previous statement operation
-
maxdb_stmt_store_result — Transfers a result set from a prepared statement
-
maxdb_store_result — Transfers a result set from the last query
-
maxdb_thread_id — Returns the thread ID for the current connection
-
maxdb_thread_safe — Returns whether thread safety is given or not
-
maxdb_use_result — Initiate a result set retrieval
-
maxdb_warning_count — Returns the number of warnings from the last query for the given link
- LXXXIII. MCAL
-
mcal_append_event — Store a new event into an MCAL calendar
-
mcal_close — Close an MCAL stream
-
mcal_create_calendar — Create a new MCAL calendar
-
mcal_date_compare — Compares two dates
-
mcal_date_valid —
Returns
TRUE if the given year, month, day is a valid date
-
mcal_day_of_week —
Returns the day of the week of the given date
-
mcal_day_of_year —
Returns the day of the year of the given date
-
mcal_days_in_month —
Returns the number of days in a month
-
mcal_delete_calendar — Delete an MCAL calendar
-
mcal_delete_event — Delete an event from an MCAL calendar
-
mcal_event_add_attribute —
Adds an attribute and a value to the streams global event structure
-
mcal_event_init —
Initializes a streams global event structure
-
mcal_event_set_alarm —
Sets the alarm of the streams global event structure
-
mcal_event_set_category —
Sets the category of the streams global event structure
-
mcal_event_set_class —
Sets the class of the streams global event structure
-
mcal_event_set_description —
Sets the description of the streams global event structure
-
mcal_event_set_end —
Sets the end date and time of the streams global event structure
-
mcal_event_set_recur_daily —
Sets the recurrence of the streams global event structure
-
mcal_event_set_recur_monthly_mday —
Sets the recurrence of the streams global event structure
-
mcal_event_set_recur_monthly_wday —
Sets the recurrence of the streams global event structure
-
mcal_event_set_recur_none —
Sets the recurrence of the streams global event structure
-
mcal_event_set_recur_weekly —
Sets the recurrence of the streams global event structure
-
mcal_event_set_recur_yearly —
Sets the recurrence of the streams global event structure
-
mcal_event_set_start —
Sets the start date and time of the streams global event
structure
-
mcal_event_set_title —
Sets the title of the streams global event structure
-
mcal_expunge —
Deletes all events marked for being expunged
-
mcal_fetch_current_stream_event —
Returns an object containing the current streams event structure
-
mcal_fetch_event —
Fetches an event from the calendar stream
-
mcal_is_leap_year —
Returns if the given year is a leap year or not
-
mcal_list_alarms —
Return a list of events that has an alarm triggered at the given
datetime
-
mcal_list_events —
Return a list of IDs for a date or a range of dates
-
mcal_next_recurrence — Returns the next recurrence of the event
-
mcal_open — Opens up an MCAL connection
-
mcal_popen — Opens up a persistent MCAL connection
-
mcal_rename_calendar — Rename an MCAL calendar
-
mcal_reopen — Reopens an MCAL connection
-
mcal_snooze — Turn off an alarm for an event
-
mcal_store_event — Modify an existing event in an MCAL calendar
-
mcal_time_valid —
Returns
TRUE if the given hour, minutes and seconds is a valid time
-
mcal_week_of_year —
Returns the week number of the given date
- LXXXIV. mcrypt
-
mcrypt_cbc — Encrypt/decrypt data in CBC mode
-
mcrypt_cfb — Encrypt/decrypt data in CFB mode
-
mcrypt_create_iv —
Create an initialization vector (IV) from a random source
-
mcrypt_decrypt — Decrypts crypttext with given parameters
-
mcrypt_ecb — Deprecated: Encrypt/decrypt data in ECB mode
-
mcrypt_enc_get_algorithms_name — Returns the name of the opened algorithm
-
mcrypt_enc_get_block_size — Returns the blocksize of the opened algorithm
-
mcrypt_enc_get_iv_size — Returns the size of the IV of the opened algorithm
-
mcrypt_enc_get_key_size — Returns the maximum supported keysize of the opened mode
-
mcrypt_enc_get_modes_name — Returns the name of the opened mode
-
mcrypt_enc_get_supported_key_sizes — Returns an array with the supported keysizes of the opened algorithm
-
mcrypt_enc_is_block_algorithm_mode — Checks whether the encryption of the opened mode works on blocks
-
mcrypt_enc_is_block_algorithm — Checks whether the algorithm of the opened mode is a block algorithm
-
mcrypt_enc_is_block_mode — Checks whether the opened mode outputs blocks
-
mcrypt_enc_self_test — This function runs a self test on the opened module
-
mcrypt_encrypt — Encrypts plaintext with given parameters
-
mcrypt_generic_deinit —
This function deinitializes an encryption module
-
mcrypt_generic_end — This function terminates encryption
-
mcrypt_generic_init — This function initializes all buffers needed for encryption
-
mcrypt_generic — This function encrypts data
-
mcrypt_get_block_size — Get the block size of the specified cipher
-
mcrypt_get_cipher_name — Get the name of the specified cipher
-
mcrypt_get_iv_size —
Returns the size of the IV belonging to a specific cipher/mode combination
-
mcrypt_get_key_size — Get the key size of the specified cipher
-
mcrypt_list_algorithms — Get an array of all supported ciphers
-
mcrypt_list_modes — Get an array of all supported modes
-
mcrypt_module_close —
Close the mcrypt module
-
mcrypt_module_get_algo_block_size — Returns the blocksize of the specified algorithm
-
mcrypt_module_get_algo_key_size — Returns the maximum supported keysize of the opened mode
-
mcrypt_module_get_supported_key_sizes — Returns an array with the supported keysizes of the opened algorithm
-
mcrypt_module_is_block_algorithm_mode — Returns if the specified module is a block algorithm or not
-
mcrypt_module_is_block_algorithm — This function checks whether the specified algorithm is a block algorithm
-
mcrypt_module_is_block_mode — Returns if the specified mode outputs blocks or not
-
mcrypt_module_open — Opens the module of the algorithm and the mode to be used
-
mcrypt_module_self_test — This function runs a self test on the specified module
-
mcrypt_ofb — Encrypt/decrypt data in OFB mode
-
mdecrypt_generic — Decrypt data
- LXXXV. MCVE
-
m_checkstatus — Check to see if a transaction has completed
-
m_completeauthorizations — Number of complete authorizations in queue, returning an array of their identifiers
-
m_connect — Establish the connection to MCVE
-
m_connectionerror — Get a textual representation of why a connection failed
-
m_deletetrans — Delete specified transaction from MCVE_CONN structure
-
m_destroyconn — Destroy the connection and MCVE_CONN structure
-
m_destroyengine — Free memory associated with IP/SSL connectivity
-
m_getcell — Get a specific cell from a comma delimited response by column name
-
m_getcellbynum — Get a specific cell from a comma delimited response by column number
-
m_getcommadelimited — Get the RAW comma delimited data returned from MCVE
-
m_getheader — Get the name of the column in a comma-delimited response
-
m_initconn — Create and initialize an MCVE_CONN structure
-
m_initengine — Ready the client for IP/SSL Communication
-
m_iscommadelimited — Checks to see if response is comma delimited
-
m_maxconntimeout — The maximum amount of time the API will attempt a connection to MCVE
-
m_monitor — Perform communication with MCVE (send/receive data) Non-blocking
-
m_numcolumns — Number of columns returned in a comma delimited response
-
m_numrows — Number of rows returned in a comma delimited response
-
m_parsecommadelimited — Parse the comma delimited response so m_getcell, etc will work
-
m_responsekeys — Returns array of strings which represents the keys that can be used
for response parameters on this transaction
-
m_responseparam — Get a custom response parameter
-
m_returnstatus — Check to see if the transaction was successful
-
m_setblocking — Set blocking/non-blocking mode for connection
-
m_setdropfile — Set the connection method to Drop-File
-
m_setip — Set the connection method to IP
-
m_setssl_cafile — Set SSL CA (Certificate Authority) file for verification of server
certificate
-
m_setssl_files — Set certificate key files and certificates if server requires client certificate
verification
-
m_setssl — Set the connection method to SSL
-
m_settimeout — Set maximum transaction time (per trans)
-
m_sslcert_gen_hash — Generate hash for SSL client certificate verification
-
m_transactionssent — Check to see if outgoing buffer is clear
-
m_transinqueue — Number of transactions in client-queue
-
m_transkeyval — Add key/value pair to a transaction. Replaces deprecated transparam()
-
m_transnew — Start a new transaction
-
m_transsend — Finalize and send the transaction
-
m_uwait — Wait x microsecs
-
m_validateidentifier — Whether or not to validate the passed identifier on any transaction it is passed to
-
m_verifyconnection — Set whether or not to PING upon connect to verify connection
-
m_verifysslcert — Set whether or not to verify the server ssl certificate
- LXXXVI. Memcache
-
Memcache::add — Add an item to the server
-
Memcache::addServer — Add a memcached server to connection pool
-
Memcache::close — Close memcached server connection
-
Memcache::connect — Open memcached server connection
-
memcache_debug — Turn debug output on/off
-
Memcache::decrement — Decrement item's value
-
Memcache::delete — Delete item from the server
-
Memcache::flush — Flush all existing items at the server
-
Memcache::get — Retrieve item from the server
-
Memcache::getExtendedStats — Get statistics from all servers in pool
-
Memcache::getServerStatus — Returns server status
-
Memcache::getStats — Get statistics of the server
-
Memcache::getVersion — Return version of the server
-
Memcache::increment — Increment item's value
-
Memcache::pconnect — Open memcached server persistent connection
-
Memcache::replace — Replace value of the existing item
-
Memcache::set — Store data at the server
-
Memcache::setCompressThreshold — Enable automatic compression of large values
-
Memcache::setServerParams — Changes server parameters and status at runtime
- LXXXVII. mhash
-
mhash_count — Get the highest available hash id
-
mhash_get_block_size — Get the block size of the specified hash
-
mhash_get_hash_name — Get the name of the specified hash
-
mhash_keygen_s2k — Generates a key
-
mhash — Compute hash
- LXXXVIII. Mimetype
-
mime_content_type — Detect MIME Content-type for a file (deprecated)
- LXXXIX. Ming (flash)
-
SWFAction — SWFAction Class
-
SWFAction->__construct() — Creates a new SWFAction
-
SWFBitmap — SWFBitmap Class
-
SWFBitmap->__construct() — Loads Bitmap object
-
SWFBitmap->getHeight() — Returns the bitmap's height
-
SWFBitmap->getWidth() — Returns the bitmap's width
-
SWFButton — SWFButton Class
-
SWFButton->__construct() — Creates a new Button
-
SWFButton->addAction() — Adds an action
-
SWFButton->addASound() — Associates a sound with a button transition
-
SWFButton->addShape() — Adds a shape to a button
-
SWFButton->setAction() — Sets the action
-
SWFButton->setDown() — Alias for addShape(shape, SWFBUTTON_DOWN)
-
SWFButton->setHit() — Alias for addShape(shape, SWFBUTTON_HIT)
-
SWFButton->setMenu() — enable track as menu button behaviour
-
SWFButton->setOver() — Alias for addShape(shape, SWFBUTTON_OVER)
-
SWFButton->setUp() — Alias for addShape(shape, SWFBUTTON_UP)
-
SWFDisplayItem — SWFDisplayItem Class
-
SWFDisplayItem->addAction() — Adds this SWFAction to the given SWFSprite instance
-
SWFDisplayItem->addColor() — Adds the given color to this item's color transform
-
SWFDisplayItem->endMask() — Another way of defining a MASK layer
-
SWFDisplayItem->getRot()
-
SWFDisplayItem->getX()
-
SWFDisplayItem->getXScale()
-
SWFDisplayItem->getXSkew()
-
SWFDisplayItem->getY()
-
SWFDisplayItem->getYScale()
-
SWFDisplayItem->getYSkew()
-
SWFDisplayItem->move() — Moves object in relative coordinates
-
SWFDisplayItem->moveTo() — Moves object in global coordinates
-
SWFDisplayItem->multColor() — Multiplies the item's color transform
-
SWFDisplayItem->remove() — Removes the object from the movie
-
SWFDisplayItem->rotate() — Rotates in relative coordinates
-
SWFDisplayItem->rotateTo() — Rotates the object in global coordinates
-
SWFDisplayItem->scale() — Scales the object in relative coordinates
-
SWFDisplayItem->scaleTo() — Scales the object in global coordinates
-
SWFDisplayItem->setDepth() — Sets z-order
-
SWFDisplayItem->setMaskLevel() — Defines a MASK layer at level
-
SWFDisplayItem->setMatrix() — Sets the item's transform matrix
-
SWFDisplayItem->setName() — Sets the object's name
-
SWFDisplayItem->setRatio() — Sets the object's ratio
-
SWFDisplayItem->skewX() — Sets the X-skew
-
SWFDisplayItem->skewXTo() — Sets the X-skew
-
SWFDisplayItem->skewY() — Sets the Y-skew
-
SWFDisplayItem->skewYTo() — Sets the Y-skew
-
SWFFill — SWFFill Class
-
SWFFill->moveTo() — Moves fill origin
-
SWFFill->rotateTo() — Sets fill's rotation
-
SWFFill->scaleTo() — Sets fill's scale
-
SWFFill->skewXTo() — Sets fill x-skew
-
SWFFill->skewYTo() — Sets fill y-skew
-
SWFFont — SWFFont Class
-
SWFFont->__construct() — Loads a font definition
-
SWFFont->getAscent() — Returns the ascent of the font, or 0 if not available
-
SWFFont->getDescent() — Returns the descent of the font, or 0 if not available
-
SWFFont->getLeading() — Returns the leading of the font, or 0 if not available
-
SWFFont->getShape() — Returns the glyph shape of a char as a text string
-
SWFFont->getUTF8Width() — Calculates the width of the given string in this font at full height
-
SWFFont->getWidth() — Returns the string's width
-
SWFFontChar — SWFFontChar Class
-
SWFFontChar->addChars() — Adds characters to a font for exporting font
-
SWFFontChar->addUTF8Chars() — Adds characters to a font for exporting font
-
SWFGradient — SWFGradient Class
-
SWFGradient->__construct() — Creates a gradient object
-
SWFGradient->addEntry() — Adds an entry to the gradient list
-
SWFMorph — SWFMorph Class
-
SWFMorph->__construct() — Creates a new SWFMorph object
-
SWFMorph->getShape1() — Gets a handle to the starting shape
-
SWFMorph->getShape2() — Gets a handle to the ending shape
-
SWFMovie — SWFMovie Class
-
SWFMovie->__construct() — Creates a new movie object, representing an SWF version 4 movie
-
SWFMovie->add() — Adds any type of data to a movie
-
SWFMovie->addExport()
-
SWFMovie->addFont()
-
SWFMovie->importChar()
-
SWFMovie->importFont()
-
SWFMovie->labelFrame() — Labels a frame
-
SWFMovie->nextFrame() — Moves to the next frame of the animation
-
SWFMovie->output() — Dumps your lovingly prepared movie out
-
SWFMovie->remove() — Removes the object instance from the display list
-
SWFMovie->save() — Saves the SWF movie in a file
-
SWFMovie->saveToFile()
-
SWFMovie->setbackground() — Sets the background color
-
SWFMovie->setDimension() — Sets the movie's width and height
-
SWFMovie->setFrames() — Sets the total number of frames in the animation
-
SWFMovie->setRate() — Sets the animation's frame rate
-
SWFMovie->startSound()
-
SWFMovie->stopSound()
-
SWFMovie->streamMP3() — Streams a MP3 file
-
SWFMovie->writeExports()
-
SWFPrebuiltClip — SWFPrebuiltClip Class
-
SWFPrebuiltClip->__construct() — Returns a SWFPrebuiltClip object
-
SWFShape — SWFShape Class
-
SWFShape->__construct() — Creates a new shape object
-
SWFShape->addFill() — Adds a solid fill to the shape
-
SWFShape->drawArc() — Draws an arc of radius r centered at the current location, from angle startAngle to angle endAngle measured clockwise from 12 o'clock
-
SWFShape->drawCircle() — Draws a circle of radius r centered at the current location, in a counter-clockwise fashion
-
SWFShape->drawCubic() — Draws a cubic bezier curve using the current position and the three given points as control points
-
SWFShape->drawCubicTo() — Draws a cubic bezier curve using the current position and the three given points as control points
-
SWFShape->drawCurve() — Draws a curve (relative)
-
SWFShape->drawCurveTo() — Draws a curve
-
SWFShape->drawGlyph() — Draws the first character in the given string into the shape using the glyph definition from the given font
-
SWFShape->drawLine() — Draws a line (relative)
-
SWFShape->drawLineTo() — Draws a line
-
SWFShape->movePen() — Moves the shape's pen (relative)
-
SWFShape->movePenTo() — Moves the shape's pen
-
SWFShape->setLeftFill() — Sets left rasterizing color
-
SWFShape->setLine() — Sets the shape's line style
-
SWFShape->setRightFill() — Sets right rasterizing color
-
SWFSound — SWFSound Class
-
SWFSound — Returns a new SWFSound object from given file
-
SWFSoundInstance — SWFSoundInstance Class
-
SWFSoundInstance->loopCount()
-
SWFSoundInstance->loopInPoint()
-
SWFSoundInstance->loopOutPoint()
-
SWFSoundInstance->noMultiple()
-
SWFSprite — SWFSprite Class
-
SWFSprite->__construct() — Creates a movie clip (a sprite)
-
SWFSprite->add() — Adds an object to a sprite
-
SWFSprite->labelFrame() — Labels frame
-
SWFSprite->nextFrame() — Moves to the next frame of the animation
-
SWFSprite->remove() — Removes an object to a sprite
-
SWFSprite->setFrames() — Sets the total number of frames in the animation
-
SWFSprite->startSound()
-
SWFSprite->stopSound()
-
SWFText — SWFText Class
-
SWFText->__construct() — Creates a new SWFText object
-
SWFText->addString() — Draws a string
-
SWFText->addUTF8String() — Writes the given text into this SWFText object at the current pen position,
using the current font, height, spacing, and color
-
SWFText->getAscent() — Returns the ascent of the current font at its current size, or 0 if not available
-
SWFText->getDescent() — Returns the descent of the current font at its current size, or 0 if not available
-
SWFText->getLeading() — Returns the leading of the current font at its current size, or 0 if not available
-
SWFText->getUTF8Width() — calculates the width of the given string in this text objects current font and size
-
SWFText->getWidth() — Computes string's width
-
SWFText->moveTo() — Moves the pen
-
SWFText->setColor() — Sets the current text color
-
SWFText->setFont() — Sets the current font
-
SWFText->setHeight() — Sets the current font height
-
SWFText->setSpacing() — Sets the current font spacing
-
SWFTextField — SWFTextField Class
-
SWFTextField->__construct() — Creates a text field object
-
SWFTextField->addChars() — adds characters to a font that will be available within a textfield
-
SWFTextField->addString() — Concatenates the given string to the text field
-
SWFTextField->align() — Sets the text field alignment
-
SWFTextField->setBounds() — Sets the text field width and height
-
SWFTextField->setColor() — Sets the color of the text field
-
SWFTextField->setFont() — Sets the text field font
-
SWFTextField->setHeight() — Sets the font height of this text field font
-
SWFTextField->setIndentation() — Sets the indentation of the first line
-
SWFTextField->setLeftMargin() — Sets the left margin width of the text field
-
SWFTextField->setLineSpacing() — Sets the line spacing of the text field
-
SWFTextField->setMargins() — Sets the margins width of the text field
-
SWFTextField->setName() — Sets the variable name
-
SWFTextField->setPadding() — Sets the padding of this textfield
-
SWFTextField->setRightMargin() — Sets the right margin width of the text field
-
SWFVideoStream — SWFVideoStream Class
-
SWFVideoStream->__construct() — Returns a SWFVideoStream object
-
SWFVideoStream->getNumFrames()
-
SWFVideoStream->setDimension()
-
ming_keypress — Returns the action flag for keyPress(char)
-
ming_setcubicthreshold —
Set cubic threshold
-
ming_setscale —
Set scale
-
ming_setswfcompression — Sets the SWF output compression
-
ming_useconstants — Use constant pool
-
ming_useswfversion — Sets the SWF version
- XC. Misc.
-
connection_aborted — Check whether client disconnected
-
connection_status — Returns connection status bitfield
-
connection_timeout — Check if the script timed out
-
constant — Returns the value of a constant
-
define — Defines a named constant
-
defined — Checks whether a given named constant exists
-
die — Equivalent to exit()
-
eval — Evaluate a string as PHP code
-
exit — Output a message and terminate the current script
-
get_browser — Tells what the user's browser is capable of
-
__halt_compiler —
Halts the compiler execution
-
highlight_file — Syntax highlighting of a file
-
highlight_string — Syntax highlighting of a string
-
ignore_user_abort — Set whether a client disconnect should abort script execution
-
pack — Pack data into binary string
-
php_check_syntax —
Check the PHP syntax of (and execute) the specified file
-
php_strip_whitespace — Return source with stripped comments and whitespace
-
show_source — Alias of highlight_file()
-
sleep — Delay execution
-
sys_getloadavg — Gets system load average
-
time_nanosleep — Delay for a number of seconds and nanoseconds
-
time_sleep_until —
Make the script sleep until the specified time
-
uniqid — Generate a unique ID
-
unpack — Unpack data from binary string
-
usleep — Delay execution in microseconds
- XCI. mnoGoSearch
-
udm_add_search_limit — Add various search limits
-
udm_alloc_agent_array — Allocate mnoGoSearch session
-
udm_alloc_agent — Allocate mnoGoSearch session
-
udm_api_version — Get mnoGoSearch API version
-
udm_cat_list — Get all the categories on the same level with the current one
-
udm_cat_path — Get the path to the current category
-
udm_check_charset — Check if the given charset is known to mnogosearch
-
udm_check_stored — Check connection to stored
-
udm_clear_search_limits — Clear all mnoGoSearch search restrictions
-
udm_close_stored — Close connection to stored
-
udm_crc32 — Return CRC32 checksum of given string
-
udm_errno — Get mnoGoSearch error number
-
udm_error — Get mnoGoSearch error message
-
udm_find — Perform search
-
udm_free_agent — Free mnoGoSearch session
-
udm_free_ispell_data — Free memory allocated for ispell data
-
udm_free_res — Free mnoGoSearch result
-
udm_get_doc_count — Get total number of documents in database
-
udm_get_res_field — Fetch a result field
-
udm_get_res_param — Get mnoGoSearch result parameters
-
udm_hash32 — Return Hash32 checksum of gived string
-
udm_load_ispell_data — Load ispell data
-
udm_open_stored — Open connection to stored
-
udm_set_agent_param — Set mnoGoSearch agent session parameters
- XCII. MS SQL Server
-
mssql_bind — Adds a parameter to a stored procedure or a remote stored procedure
-
mssql_close — Close MS SQL Server connection
-
mssql_connect — Open MS SQL server connection
-
mssql_data_seek — Moves internal row pointer
-
mssql_execute — Executes a stored procedure on a MS SQL server database
-
mssql_fetch_array — Fetch a result row as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
-
mssql_fetch_assoc — Returns an associative array of the current row in the result
-
mssql_fetch_batch — Returns the next batch of records
-
mssql_fetch_field — Get field information
-
mssql_fetch_object — Fetch row as object
-
mssql_fetch_row — Get row as enumerated array
-
mssql_field_length — Get the length of a field
-
mssql_field_name — Get the name of a field
-
mssql_field_seek — Seeks to the specified field offset
-
mssql_field_type — Gets the type of a field
-
mssql_free_result — Free result memory
-
mssql_free_statement — Free statement memory
-
mssql_get_last_message — Returns the last message from the server
-
mssql_guid_string — Converts a 16 byte binary GUID to a string
-
mssql_init — Initializes a stored procedure or a remote stored procedure
-
mssql_min_error_severity — Sets the lower error severity
-
mssql_min_message_severity — Sets the lower message severity
-
mssql_next_result — Move the internal result pointer to the next result
-
mssql_num_fields — Gets the number of fields in result
-
mssql_num_rows — Gets the number of rows in result
-
mssql_pconnect — Open persistent MS SQL connection
-
mssql_query — Send MS SQL query
-
mssql_result — Get result data
-
mssql_rows_affected — Returns the number of records affected by the query
-
mssql_select_db — Select MS SQL database
- XCIII. MS SQL Server (PDO)
-
PDO_DBLIB DSN — Connecting to Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase databases
- XCIV. Msession
-
msession_connect — Connect to msession server
-
msession_count — Get session count
-
msession_create — Create a session
-
msession_destroy — Destroy a session
-
msession_disconnect — Close connection to msession server
-
msession_find — Find all sessions with name and value
-
msession_get_array — Get array of msession variables
-
msession_get_data — Get data session unstructured data
-
msession_get — Get value from session
-
msession_inc — Increment value in session
-
msession_list — List all sessions
-
msession_listvar — List sessions with variable
-
msession_lock — Lock a session
-
msession_plugin — Call an escape function within the msession personality plugin
-
msession_randstr — Get random string
-
msession_set_array — Set msession variables from an array
-
msession_set_data — Set data session unstructured data
-
msession_set — Set value in session
-
msession_timeout — Set/get session timeout
-
msession_uniq — Get unique id
-
msession_unlock — Unlock a session
- XCV. mSQL
-
msql_affected_rows — Returns number of affected rows
-
msql_close — Close mSQL connection
-
msql_connect — Open mSQL connection
-
msql_create_db — Create mSQL database
-
msql_createdb — Alias of msql_create_db()
-
msql_data_seek — Move internal row pointer
-
msql_db_query — Send mSQL query
-
msql_dbname — Alias of msql_result()
-
msql_drop_db — Drop (delete) mSQL database
-
msql_error — Returns error message of last msql call
-
msql_fetch_array — Fetch row as array
-
msql_fetch_field — Get field information
-
msql_fetch_object — Fetch row as object
-
msql_fetch_row — Get row as enumerated array
-
msql_field_flags — Get field flags
-
msql_field_len — Get field length
-
msql_field_name — Get the name of the specified field in a result
-
msql_field_seek — Set field offset
-
msql_field_table — Get table name for field
-
msql_field_type — Get field type
-
msql_fieldflags — Alias of msql_field_flags()
-
msql_fieldlen — Alias of msql_field_len()
-
msql_fieldname — Alias of msql_field_name()
-
msql_fieldtable — Alias of msql_field_table()
-
msql_fieldtype — Alias of msql_field_type()
-
msql_free_result — Free result memory
-
msql_list_dbs — List mSQL databases on server
-
msql_list_fields — List result fields
-
msql_list_tables — List tables in an mSQL database
-
msql_num_fields — Get number of fields in result
-
msql_num_rows — Get number of rows in result
-
msql_numfields — Alias of msql_num_fields()
-
msql_numrows — Alias of msql_num_rows()
-
msql_pconnect — Open persistent mSQL connection
-
msql_query — Send mSQL query
-
msql_regcase — Alias of sql_regcase()
-
msql_result — Get result data
-
msql_select_db — Select mSQL database
-
msql_tablename — Alias of msql_result()
-
msql — Alias of msql_db_query()
- XCVI. Multibyte String
-
mb_check_encoding — Check if the string is valid for the specified encoding
-
mb_convert_case — Perform case folding on a string
-
mb_convert_encoding — Convert character encoding
-
mb_convert_kana — Convert "kana" one from another ("zen-kaku", "han-kaku" and more)
-
mb_convert_variables — Convert character code in variable(s)
-
mb_decode_mimeheader — Decode string in MIME header field
-
mb_decode_numericentity — Decode HTML numeric string reference to character
-
mb_detect_encoding — Detect character encoding
-
mb_detect_order — Set/Get character encoding detection order
-
mb_encode_mimeheader — Encode string for MIME header
-
mb_encode_numericentity — Encode character to HTML numeric string reference
-
mb_ereg_match — Regular expression match for multibyte string
-
mb_ereg_replace — Replace regular expression with multibyte support
-
mb_ereg_search_getpos — Returns start point for next regular expression match
-
mb_ereg_search_getregs — Retrieve the result from the last multibyte regular expression match
-
mb_ereg_search_init — Setup string and regular expression for multibyte regularexpression match
-
mb_ereg_search_pos — Return position and length of matched part of multibyte regular expression for predefined multibyte string
-
mb_ereg_search_regs — Returns the matched part of multibyte regular expression
-
mb_ereg_search_setpos — Set start point of next regular expression match
-
mb_ereg_search — Multibyte regular expression match for predefined multibyte string
-
mb_ereg — Regular expression match with multibyte support
-
mb_eregi_replace — Replace regular expression with multibyte support ignoring case
-
mb_eregi — Regular expression match ignoring case with multibyte support
-
mb_get_info — Get internal settings of mbstring
-
mb_http_input — Detect HTTP input character encoding
-
mb_http_output — Set/Get HTTP output character encoding
-
mb_internal_encoding — Set/Get internal character encoding
-
mb_language — Set/Get current language
-
mb_output_handler — Callback function converts character encoding in output buffer
-
mb_parse_str — Parse GET/POST/COOKIE data and set global variable
-
mb_preferred_mime_name — Get MIME charset string
-
mb_regex_encoding — Returns current encoding for multibyte regex as string
-
mb_regex_set_options — Set/Get the default options for mbregex functions
-
mb_send_mail — Send encoded mail
-
mb_split — Split multibyte string using regular expression
-
mb_strcut — Get part of string
-
mb_strimwidth — Get truncated string with specified width
-
mb_stripos — Finds position of first occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
-
mb_stristr — Finds first occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
-
mb_strlen — Get string length
-
mb_strpos —
Find position of first occurrence of string in a string
-
mb_strrchr — Finds the last occurrence of a character in a string within another
-
mb_strrichr — Finds the last occurrence of a character in a string within another, case insensitive
-
mb_strripos — Finds position of last occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
-
mb_strrpos —
Find position of last occurrence of a string in a string
-
mb_strstr — Finds first occurrence of a string within another
-
mb_strtolower — Make a string lowercase
-
mb_strtoupper — Make a string uppercase
-
mb_strwidth — Return width of string
-
mb_substitute_character — Set/Get substitution character
-
mb_substr_count — Count the number of substring occurrences
-
mb_substr — Get part of string
- XCVII. muscat
-
muscat_close — Shuts down the muscat session
-
muscat_get — Gets a line back from the core muscat API
-
muscat_give — Sends string to the core muscat API
-
muscat_setup_net — Creates a new muscat session
-
muscat_setup — Creates a new local muscat session
- XCVIII. MySQL
-
mysql_affected_rows — Get number of affected rows in previous MySQL operation
-
mysql_change_user — Change logged in user of the active connection
-
mysql_client_encoding — Returns the name of the character set
-
mysql_close — Close MySQL connection
-
mysql_connect — Open a connection to a MySQL Server
-
mysql_create_db — Create a MySQL database
-
mysql_data_seek — Move internal result pointer
-
mysql_db_name — Get result data
-
mysql_db_query — Send a MySQL query
-
mysql_drop_db — Drop (delete) a MySQL database
-
mysql_errno — Returns the numerical value of the error message from previous MySQL operation
-
mysql_error — Returns the text of the error message from previous MySQL operation
-
mysql_escape_string — Escapes a string for use in a mysql_query
-
mysql_fetch_array — Fetch a result row as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
-
mysql_fetch_assoc — Fetch a result row as an associative array
-
mysql_fetch_field — Get column information from a result and return as an object
-
mysql_fetch_lengths — Get the length of each output in a result
-
mysql_fetch_object — Fetch a result row as an object
-
mysql_fetch_row — Get a result row as an enumerated array
-
mysql_field_flags — Get the flags associated with the specified field in a result
-
mysql_field_len — Returns the length of the specified field
-
mysql_field_name — Get the name of the specified field in a result
-
mysql_field_seek — Set result pointer to a specified field offset
-
mysql_field_table — Get name of the table the specified field is in
-
mysql_field_type — Get the type of the specified field in a result
-
mysql_free_result — Free result memory
-
mysql_get_client_info — Get MySQL client info
-
mysql_get_host_info — Get MySQL host info
-
mysql_get_proto_info — Get MySQL protocol info
-
mysql_get_server_info — Get MySQL server info
-
mysql_info — Get information about the most recent query
-
mysql_insert_id — Get the ID generated from the previous INSERT operation
-
mysql_list_dbs — List databases available on a MySQL server
-
mysql_list_fields — List MySQL table fields
-
mysql_list_processes — List MySQL processes
-
mysql_list_tables — List tables in a MySQL database
-
mysql_num_fields — Get number of fields in result
-
mysql_num_rows — Get number of rows in result
-
mysql_pconnect — Open a persistent connection to a MySQL server
-
mysql_ping — Ping a server connection or reconnect if there is no connection
-
mysql_query — Send a MySQL query
-
mysql_real_escape_string — Escapes special characters in a string for use in a SQL statement
-
mysql_result — Get result data
-
mysql_select_db — Select a MySQL database
-
mysql_set_charset — Sets the client character set
-
mysql_stat — Get current system status
-
mysql_tablename — Get table name of field
-
mysql_thread_id — Return the current thread ID
-
mysql_unbuffered_query — Send an SQL query to MySQL, without fetching and buffering the result rows
- XCIX. MySQL (PDO)
-
PDO_MYSQL DSN — Connecting to MySQL databases
- C. mysqli
-
mysqli_affected_rows — Gets the number of affected rows in a previous MySQL operation
-
mysqli_autocommit — Turns on or off auto-commiting database modifications
-
mysqli_bind_param — Alias for mysqli_stmt_bind_param()
-
mysqli_bind_result — Alias for mysqli_stmt_bind_result()
-
mysqli_change_user — Changes the user of the specified database connection
-
mysqli_character_set_name — Returns the default character set for the database connection
-
mysqli_client_encoding — Alias of mysqli_character_set_name()
-
mysqli_close — Closes a previously opened database connection
-
mysqli_commit — Commits the current transaction
-
mysqli_connect_errno — Returns the error code from last connect call
-
mysqli_connect_error — Returns a string description of the last connect error
-
mysqli_connect — Open a new connection to the MySQL server
-
mysqli_data_seek — Adjusts the result pointer to an arbitary row in the result
-
mysqli_debug — Performs debugging operations
-
mysqli_disable_reads_from_master — Disable reads from master
-
mysqli_disable_rpl_parse — Disable RPL parse
-
mysqli_dump_debug_info — Dump debugging information into the log
-
mysqli_embedded_server_end
-
mysqli_embedded_server_start
-
mysqli_enable_reads_from_master — Enable reads from master
-
mysqli_enable_rpl_parse — Enable RPL parse
-
mysqli_errno — Returns the error code for the most recent function call
-
mysqli_error — Returns a string description of the last error
-
mysqli_escape_string — Alias of mysqli_real_escape_string()
-
mysqli_execute — Alias for mysqli_stmt_execute()
-
mysqli_fetch_array — Fetch a result row as an associative, a numeric array, or both
-
mysqli_fetch_assoc — Fetch a result row as an associative array
-
mysqli_fetch_field_direct — Fetch meta-data for a single field
-
mysqli_fetch_field — Returns the next field in the result set
-
mysqli_fetch_fields — Returns an array of objects representing the fields in a result set
-
mysqli_fetch_lengths — Returns the lengths of the columns of the current row in the result set
-
mysqli_fetch_object — Returns the current row of a result set as an object
-
mysqli_fetch_row — Get a result row as an enumerated array
-
mysqli_fetch — Alias for mysqli_stmt_fetch()
-
mysqli_field_count — Returns the number of columns for the most recent query
-
mysqli_field_seek — Set result pointer to a specified field offset
-
mysqli_field_tell — Get current field offset of a result pointer
-
mysqli_free_result — Frees the memory associated with a result
-
mysqli_get_charset — Returns a character set object
-
mysqli_get_client_info — Returns the MySQL client version as a string
-
mysqli_get_client_version — Get MySQL client info
-
mysqli_get_host_info — Returns a string representing the type of connection used
-
mysqli_get_metadata — Alias for mysqli_stmt_result_metadata()
-
mysqli_get_proto_info — Returns the version of the MySQL protocol used
-
mysqli_get_server_info — Returns the version of the MySQL server
-
mysqli_get_server_version — Returns the version of the MySQL server as an integer
-
mysqli_get_warnings
-
mysqli_info — Retrieves information about the most recently executed query
-
mysqli_init — Initializes MySQLi and returns a resource for use with mysqli_real_connect()
-
mysqli_insert_id — Returns the auto generated id used in the last query
-
mysqli_kill — Asks the server to kill a MySQL thread
-
mysqli_master_query — Enforce execution of a query on the master in a master/slave setup
-
mysqli_more_results — Check if there are any more query results from a multi query
-
mysqli_multi_query — Performs a query on the database
-
mysqli_next_result — Prepare next result from multi_query
-
mysqli_num_fields — Get the number of fields in a result
-
mysqli_num_rows — Gets the number of rows in a result
-
mysqli_options — Set options
-
mysqli_param_count — Alias for mysqli_stmt_param_count()
-
mysqli_ping — Pings a server connection, or tries to reconnect if the connection has gone down
-
mysqli_prepare — Prepare a SQL statement for execution
-
mysqli_query — Performs a query on the database
-
mysqli_real_connect — Opens a connection to a mysql server
-
mysqli_real_escape_string — Escapes special characters in a string for use in a SQL statement, taking into account the current charset of the connection
-
mysqli_real_query — Execute an SQL query
-
mysqli_report — Enables or disables internal report functions
-
mysqli_rollback — Rolls back current transaction
-
mysqli_rpl_parse_enabled — Check if RPL parse is enabled
-
mysqli_rpl_probe — RPL probe
-
mysqli_rpl_query_type — Returns RPL query type
-
mysqli_select_db — Selects the default database for database queries
-
mysqli_send_long_data — Alias for mysqli_stmt_send_long_data()
-
mysqli_send_query — Send the query and return
-
mysqli_server_end — Shut down the embedded server
-
mysqli_server_init — Initialize embedded server
-
mysqli_set_charset — Sets the default client character set
-
mysqli_set_local_infile_default — Unsets user defined handler for load local infile command
-
mysqli_set_local_infile_handler — Set callback functions for LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE command
-
mysqli_set_opt — Alias of mysqli_options()
-
mysqli_slave_query — Force execution of a query on a slave in a master/slave setup
-
mysqli_sqlstate — Returns the SQLSTATE error from previous MySQL operation
-
mysqli_ssl_set — Used for establishing secure connections using SSL
-
mysqli_stat — Gets the current system status
-
mysqli_stmt_affected_rows — Returns the total number of rows changed, deleted, or
inserted by the last executed statement
-
mysqli_stmt_attr_get
-
mysqli_stmt_attr_set
-
mysqli_stmt_bind_param — Binds variables to a prepared statement as parameters
-
mysqli_stmt_bind_result — Binds variables to a prepared statement for result storage
-
mysqli_stmt_close — Closes a prepared statement
-
mysqli_stmt_data_seek — Seeks to an arbitray row in statement result set
-
mysqli_stmt_errno — Returns the error code for the most recent statement call
-
mysqli_stmt_error — Returns a string description for last statement error
-
mysqli_stmt_execute — Executes a prepared Query
-
mysqli_stmt_fetch — Fetch results from a prepared statement into the bound variables
-
mysqli_stmt_field_count — Returns the number of field in the given statement
-
mysqli_stmt_free_result — Frees stored result memory for the given statement handle
-
mysqli_stmt_get_warnings
-
mysqli_stmt_init — Initializes a statement and returns an object for use with mysqli_stmt_prepare
-
mysqli_stmt_insert_id — Get the ID generated from the previous INSERT operation
-
mysqli_stmt_num_rows — Return the number of rows in statements result set
-
mysqli_stmt_param_count — Returns the number of parameter for the given statement
-
mysqli_stmt_prepare — Prepare a SQL statement for execution
-
mysqli_stmt_reset — Resets a prepared statement
-
mysqli_stmt_result_metadata — Returns result set metadata from a prepared statement
-
mysqli_stmt_send_long_data — Send data in blocks
-
mysqli_stmt_sqlstate — Returns SQLSTATE error from previous statement operation
-
mysqli_stmt_store_result — Transfers a result set from a prepared statement
-
mysqli_store_result — Transfers a result set from the last query
-
mysqli_thread_id — Returns the thread ID for the current connection
-
mysqli_thread_safe — Returns whether thread safety is given or not
-
mysqli_use_result — Initiate a result set retrieval
-
mysqli_warning_count — Returns the number of warnings from the last query for the given link
- CI. Ncurses
-
ncurses_addch — Add character at current position and advance cursor
-
ncurses_addchnstr — Add attributed string with specified length at current position
-
ncurses_addchstr — Add attributed string at current position
-
ncurses_addnstr — Add string with specified length at current position
-
ncurses_addstr — Output text at current position
-
ncurses_assume_default_colors — Define default colors for color 0
-
ncurses_attroff — Turn off the given attributes
-
ncurses_attron — Turn on the given attributes
-
ncurses_attrset — Set given attributes
-
ncurses_baudrate — Returns baudrate of terminal
-
ncurses_beep — Let the terminal beep
-
ncurses_bkgd — Set background property for terminal screen
-
ncurses_bkgdset — Control screen background
-
ncurses_border — Draw a border around the screen using attributed characters
-
ncurses_bottom_panel — Moves a visible panel to the bottom of the stack
-
ncurses_can_change_color — Check if we can change terminals colors
-
ncurses_cbreak — Switch of input buffering
-
ncurses_clear — Clear screen
-
ncurses_clrtobot — Clear screen from current position to bottom
-
ncurses_clrtoeol — Clear screen from current position to end of line
-
ncurses_color_content — Gets the RGB value for color
-
ncurses_color_set — Set fore- and background color
-
ncurses_curs_set — Set cursor state
-
ncurses_def_prog_mode — Saves terminals (program) mode
-
ncurses_def_shell_mode — Saves terminals (shell) mode
-
ncurses_define_key — Define a keycode
-
ncurses_del_panel — Remove panel from the stack and delete it (but not the associated window)
-
ncurses_delay_output — Delay output on terminal using padding characters
-
ncurses_delch — Delete character at current position, move rest of line left
-
ncurses_deleteln — Delete line at current position, move rest of screen up
-
ncurses_delwin — Delete a ncurses window
-
ncurses_doupdate — Write all prepared refreshes to terminal
-
ncurses_echo — Activate keyboard input echo
-
ncurses_echochar — Single character output including refresh
-
ncurses_end — Stop using ncurses, clean up the screen
-
ncurses_erase — Erase terminal screen
-
ncurses_erasechar — Returns current erase character
-
ncurses_filter — Set LINES for iniscr() and newterm() to 1
-
ncurses_flash — Flash terminal screen (visual bell)
-
ncurses_flushinp — Flush keyboard input buffer
-
ncurses_getch — Read a character from keyboard
-
ncurses_getmaxyx — Returns the size of a window
-
ncurses_getmouse — Reads mouse event
-
ncurses_getyx — Returns the current cursor position for a window
-
ncurses_halfdelay — Put terminal into halfdelay mode
-
ncurses_has_colors — Check if terminal has colors
-
ncurses_has_ic — Check for insert- and delete-capabilities
-
ncurses_has_il — Check for line insert- and delete-capabilities
-
ncurses_has_key — Check for presence of a function key on terminal keyboard
-
ncurses_hide_panel — Remove panel from the stack, making it invisible
-
ncurses_hline — Draw a horizontal line at current position using an attributed character and max. n characters long
-
ncurses_inch — Get character and attribute at current position
-
ncurses_init_color — Set new RGB value for color
-
ncurses_init_pair — Allocate a color pair
-
ncurses_init — Initialize ncurses
-
ncurses_insch — Insert character moving rest of line including character at current position
-
ncurses_insdelln — Insert lines before current line scrolling down (negative numbers delete and scroll up)
-
ncurses_insertln — Insert a line, move rest of screen down
-
ncurses_insstr — Insert string at current position, moving rest of line right
-
ncurses_instr — Reads string from terminal screen
-
ncurses_isendwin — Ncurses is in endwin mode, normal screen output may be performed
-
ncurses_keyok — Enable or disable a keycode
-
ncurses_keypad — Turns keypad on or off
-
ncurses_killchar — Returns current line kill character
-
ncurses_longname — Returns terminals description
-
ncurses_meta — Enables/Disable 8-bit meta key information
-
ncurses_mouse_trafo — Transforms coordinates
-
ncurses_mouseinterval — Set timeout for mouse button clicks
-
ncurses_mousemask — Sets mouse options
-
ncurses_move_panel — Moves a panel so that its upper-left corner is at [startx, starty]
-
ncurses_move — Move output position
-
ncurses_mvaddch — Move current position and add character
-
ncurses_mvaddchnstr — Move position and add attributed string with specified length
-
ncurses_mvaddchstr — Move position and add attributed string
-
ncurses_mvaddnstr — Move position and add string with specified length
-
ncurses_mvaddstr — Move position and add string
-
ncurses_mvcur — Move cursor immediately
-
ncurses_mvdelch — Move position and delete character, shift rest of line left
-
ncurses_mvgetch — Move position and get character at new position
-
ncurses_mvhline — Set new position and draw a horizontal line using an attributed character and max. n characters long
-
ncurses_mvinch — Move position and get attributed character at new position
-
ncurses_mvvline — Set new position and draw a vertical line using an attributed character and max. n characters long
-
ncurses_mvwaddstr — Add string at new position in window
-
ncurses_napms — Sleep
-
ncurses_new_panel — Create a new panel and associate it with window
-
ncurses_newpad — Creates a new pad (window)
-
ncurses_newwin — Create a new window
-
ncurses_nl — Translate newline and carriage return / line feed
-
ncurses_nocbreak — Switch terminal to cooked mode
-
ncurses_noecho — Switch off keyboard input echo
-
ncurses_nonl — Do not translate newline and carriage return / line feed
-
ncurses_noqiflush — Do not flush on signal characters
-
ncurses_noraw — Switch terminal out of raw mode
-
ncurses_pair_content — Gets the RGB value for color
-
ncurses_panel_above — Returns the panel above panel
-
ncurses_panel_below — Returns the panel below panel
-
ncurses_panel_window — Returns the window associated with panel
-
ncurses_pnoutrefresh — Copies a region from a pad into the virtual screen
-
ncurses_prefresh — Copies a region from a pad into the virtual screen
-
ncurses_putp — Apply padding information to the string and output it
-
ncurses_qiflush — Flush on signal characters
-
ncurses_raw — Switch terminal into raw mode
-
ncurses_refresh — Refresh screen
-
ncurses_replace_panel — Replaces the window associated with panel
-
ncurses_reset_prog_mode — Resets the prog mode saved by def_prog_mode
-
ncurses_reset_shell_mode — Resets the shell mode saved by def_shell_mode
-
ncurses_resetty — Restores saved terminal state
-
ncurses_savetty — Saves terminal state
-
ncurses_scr_dump — Dump screen content to file
-
ncurses_scr_init — Initialize screen from file dump
-
ncurses_scr_restore — Restore screen from file dump
-
ncurses_scr_set — Inherit screen from file dump
-
ncurses_scrl — Scroll window content up or down without changing current position
-
ncurses_show_panel — Places an invisible panel on top of the stack, making it visible
-
ncurses_slk_attr — Returns current soft label key attribute
-
ncurses_slk_attroff — Turn off the given attributes for soft function-key labels
-
ncurses_slk_attron — Turn on the given attributes for soft function-key labels
-
ncurses_slk_attrset — Set given attributes for soft function-key labels
-
ncurses_slk_clear — Clears soft labels from screen
-
ncurses_slk_color — Sets color for soft label keys
-
ncurses_slk_init — Initializes soft label key functions
-
ncurses_slk_noutrefresh — Copies soft label keys to virtual screen
-
ncurses_slk_refresh — Copies soft label keys to screen
-
ncurses_slk_restore — Restores soft label keys
-
ncurses_slk_set — Sets function key labels
-
ncurses_slk_touch — Forces output when ncurses_slk_noutrefresh is performed
-
ncurses_standend — Stop using 'standout' attribute
-
ncurses_standout — Start using 'standout' attribute
-
ncurses_start_color — Start using colors
-
ncurses_termattrs — Returns a logical OR of all attribute flags supported by terminal
-
ncurses_termname — Returns terminals (short)-name
-
ncurses_timeout — Set timeout for special key sequences
-
ncurses_top_panel — Moves a visible panel to the top of the stack
-
ncurses_typeahead — Specify different filedescriptor for typeahead checking
-
ncurses_ungetch — Put a character back into the input stream
-
ncurses_ungetmouse — Pushes mouse event to queue
-
ncurses_update_panels — Refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the relations between panels in the stack
-
ncurses_use_default_colors — Assign terminal default colors to color id -1
-
ncurses_use_env — Control use of environment information about terminal size
-
ncurses_use_extended_names — Control use of extended names in terminfo descriptions
-
ncurses_vidattr — Display the string on the terminal in the video attribute mode
-
ncurses_vline — Draw a vertical line at current position using an attributed character and max. n characters long
-
ncurses_waddch — Adds character at current position in a window and advance cursor
-
ncurses_waddstr — Outputs text at current postion in window
-
ncurses_wattroff — Turns off attributes for a window
-
ncurses_wattron — Turns on attributes for a window
-
ncurses_wattrset — Set the attributes for a window
-
ncurses_wborder — Draws a border around the window using attributed characters
-
ncurses_wclear — Clears window
-
ncurses_wcolor_set — Sets windows color pairings
-
ncurses_werase — Erase window contents
-
ncurses_wgetch — Reads a character from keyboard (window)
-
ncurses_whline — Draws a horizontal line in a window at current position using an attributed character and max. n characters long
-
ncurses_wmouse_trafo — Transforms window/stdscr coordinates
-
ncurses_wmove — Moves windows output position
-
ncurses_wnoutrefresh — Copies window to virtual screen
-
ncurses_wrefresh — Refresh window on terminal screen
-
ncurses_wstandend — End standout mode for a window
-
ncurses_wstandout — Enter standout mode for a window
-
ncurses_wvline — Draws a vertical line in a window at current position using an attributed character and max. n characters long
- CII. Network
-
checkdnsrr — Check DNS records corresponding to a given Internet host name or IP address
-
closelog — Close connection to system logger
-
debugger_off — Disable internal PHP debugger (PHP 3)
-
debugger_on — Enable internal PHP debugger (PHP 3)
-
define_syslog_variables — Initializes all syslog related constants
-
dns_check_record — Alias of checkdnsrr()
-
dns_get_mx — Alias of getmxrr()
-
dns_get_record — Fetch DNS Resource Records associated with a hostname
-
fsockopen — Open Internet or Unix domain socket connection
-
gethostbyaddr —
Get the Internet host name corresponding to a given IP address
-
gethostbyname —
Get the IP address corresponding to a given Internet host name
-
gethostbynamel —
Get a list of IP addresses corresponding to a given Internet host
name
-
getmxrr — Get MX records corresponding to a given Internet host name
-
getprotobyname — Get protocol number associated with protocol name
-
getprotobynumber — Get protocol name associated with protocol number
-
getservbyname — Get port number associated with an Internet service and protocol
-
getservbyport — Get Internet service which corresponds to port and protocol
-
header — Send a raw HTTP header
-
headers_list — Returns a list of response headers sent (or ready to send)
-
headers_sent — Checks if or where headers have been sent
-
inet_ntop — Converts a packed internet address to a human readable representation
-
inet_pton — Converts a human readable IP address to its packed in_addr representation
-
ip2long — Converts a string containing an (IPv4) Internet Protocol dotted address into a proper address
-
long2ip — Converts an (IPv4) Internet network address into a string in Internet standard dotted format
-
openlog — Open connection to system logger
-
pfsockopen — Open persistent Internet or Unix domain socket connection
-
setcookie — Send a cookie
-
setrawcookie — Send a cookie without urlencoding the cookie value
-
socket_get_status — Alias of stream_get_meta_data()
-
socket_set_blocking — Alias of stream_set_blocking()
-
socket_set_timeout — Alias of stream_set_timeout()
-
syslog — Generate a system log message
- CIII. Newt
-
newt_bell — Send a beep to the terminal
-
newt_button_bar — This function returns a grid containing the buttons created.
-
newt_button — Create a new button
-
newt_centered_window — Open a centered window of the specified size
-
newt_checkbox_get_value — Retreives value of checkox resource
-
newt_checkbox_set_flags — Configures checkbox resource
-
newt_checkbox_set_value — Sets the value of the checkbox
-
newt_checkbox_tree_add_item — Adds new item to the checkbox tree
-
newt_checkbox_tree_find_item — Finds an item in the checkbox tree
-
newt_checkbox_tree_get_current — Returns checkbox tree selected item
-
newt_checkbox_tree_get_entry_value
-
newt_checkbox_tree_get_multi_selection
-
newt_checkbox_tree_get_selection
-
newt_checkbox_tree_multi
-
newt_checkbox_tree_set_current
-
newt_checkbox_tree_set_entry_value
-
newt_checkbox_tree_set_entry
-
newt_checkbox_tree_set_width
-
newt_checkbox_tree
-
newt_checkbox
-
newt_clear_key_buffer — Discards the contents of the terminal's input buffer without
waiting for additional input
-
newt_cls
-
newt_compact_button
-
newt_component_add_callback
-
newt_component_takes_focus
-
newt_create_grid
-
newt_cursor_off
-
newt_cursor_on
-
newt_delay
-
newt_draw_form
-
newt_draw_root_text — Displays the string text at the position indicated
-
newt_entry_get_value
-
newt_entry_set_filter
-
newt_entry_set_flags
-
newt_entry_set
-
newt_entry
-
newt_finished — Uninitializes newt interface
-
newt_form_add_component — Adds a single component to the form
-
newt_form_add_components — Add several components to the form
-
newt_form_add_hot_key
-
newt_form_destroy — Destroys a form
-
newt_form_get_current
-
newt_form_run — Runs a form
-
newt_form_set_background
-
newt_form_set_height
-
newt_form_set_size
-
newt_form_set_timer
-
newt_form_set_width
-
newt_form_watch_fd
-
newt_form — Create a form
-
newt_get_screen_size — Fills in the passed references with the current size of the
terminal
-
newt_grid_add_components_to_form
-
newt_grid_basic_window
-
newt_grid_free
-
newt_grid_get_size
-
newt_grid_h_close_stacked
-
newt_grid_h_stacked
-
newt_grid_place
-
newt_grid_set_field
-
newt_grid_simple_window
-
newt_grid_v_close_stacked
-
newt_grid_v_stacked
-
newt_grid_wrapped_window_at
-
newt_grid_wrapped_window
-
newt_init — Initialize newt
-
newt_label_set_text
-
newt_label
-
newt_listbox_append_entry
-
newt_listbox_clear_selection
-
newt_listbox_clear
-
newt_listbox_delete_entry
-
newt_listbox_get_current
-
newt_listbox_get_selection
-
newt_listbox_insert_entry
-
newt_listbox_item_count
-
newt_listbox_select_item
-
newt_listbox_set_current_by_key
-
newt_listbox_set_current
-
newt_listbox_set_data
-
newt_listbox_set_entry
-
newt_listbox_set_width
-
newt_listbox
-
newt_listitem_get_data
-
newt_listitem_set
-
newt_listitem
-
newt_open_window — Open a window of the specified size and position
-
newt_pop_help_line — Replaces the current help line with the one from the stack
-
newt_pop_window — Removes the top window from the display
-
newt_push_help_line — Saves the current help line on a stack, and displays the new line
-
newt_radio_get_current
-
newt_radiobutton
-
newt_redraw_help_line
-
newt_reflow_text
-
newt_refresh — Updates modified portions of the screen
-
newt_resize_screen
-
newt_resume — Resume using the newt interface after calling
newt_suspend()
-
newt_run_form — Runs a form
-
newt_scale_set
-
newt_scale
-
newt_scrollbar_set
-
newt_set_help_callback
-
newt_set_suspend_callback — Set a callback function which gets invoked when user
presses the suspend key
-
newt_suspend — Tells newt to return the terminal to its initial state
-
newt_textbox_get_num_lines
-
newt_textbox_reflowed
-
newt_textbox_set_height
-
newt_textbox_set_text
-
newt_textbox
-
newt_vertical_scrollbar
-
newt_wait_for_key — Doesn't return until a key has been pressed
-
newt_win_choice
-
newt_win_entries
-
newt_win_menu
-
newt_win_message
-
newt_win_messagev
-
newt_win_ternary
- CIV. NSAPI
-
nsapi_request_headers — Fetch all HTTP request headers
-
nsapi_response_headers —
Fetch all HTTP response headers
-
nsapi_virtual — Perform an NSAPI sub-request
- CV. Object Aggregation
-
aggregate_info —
Gets aggregation information for a given object
-
aggregate_methods_by_list —
Selective dynamic class methods aggregation to an object
-
aggregate_methods_by_regexp —
Selective class methods aggregation to an object using a regular
expression
-
aggregate_methods —
Dynamic class and object aggregation of methods
-
aggregate_properties_by_list —
Selective dynamic class properties aggregation to an object
-
aggregate_properties_by_regexp —
Selective class properties aggregation to an object using a regular
expression
-
aggregate_properties —
Dynamic aggregation of class properties to an object
-
aggregate —
Dynamic class and object aggregation of methods and properties
-
aggregation_info — Alias of aggregate_info()
-
deaggregate —
Removes the aggregated methods and properties from an object
- CVI. Object overloading
-
overload — Enable property and method call overloading for a class
- CVII. OCI8
-
oci_bind_array_by_name — Binds PHP array to Oracle PL/SQL array by name
-
oci_bind_by_name — Binds the PHP variable to the Oracle placeholder
-
oci_cancel — Cancels reading from cursor
-
oci_close — Closes Oracle connection
-
OCI-Collection->append — Appends element to the collection
-
OCI-Collection->assign — Assigns a value to the collection from another existing collection
-
OCI-Collection->assignElem — Assigns a value to the element of the collection
-
OCI-Collection->free — Frees the resources associated with the collection object
-
OCI-Collection->getElem — Returns value of the element
-
OCI-Collection->max — Returns the maximum number of elements in the collection
-
OCI-Collection->size — Returns size of the collection
-
OCI-Collection->trim — Trims elements from the end of the collection
-
oci_commit — Commits outstanding statements
-
oci_connect — Establishes a connection to the Oracle server
-
oci_define_by_name — Uses a PHP variable for the define-step during a SELECT
-
oci_error — Returns the last error found
-
oci_execute — Executes a statement
-
oci_fetch_all — Fetches all rows of result data into an array
-
oci_fetch_array — Returns the next row from the result data as an associative or
numeric array, or both
-
oci_fetch_assoc — Returns the next row from the result data as an associative array
-
oci_fetch_object — Returns the next row from the result data as an object
-
oci_fetch_row — Returns the next row from the result data as a numeric array
-
oci_fetch — Fetches the next row into result-buffer
-
oci_field_is_null — Checks if the field is
NULL
-
oci_field_name — Returns the name of a field from the statement
-
oci_field_precision — Tell the precision of a field
-
oci_field_scale — Tell the scale of the field
-
oci_field_size — Returns field's size
-
oci_field_type_raw — Tell the raw Oracle data type of the field
-
oci_field_type — Returns field's data type
-
oci_free_statement — Frees all resources associated with statement or cursor
-
oci_internal_debug — Enables or disables internal debug output
-
OCI-Lob->append — Appends data from the large object to another large object
-
OCI-Lob->close — Closes LOB descriptor
-
oci_lob_copy — Copies large object
-
OCI-Lob->eof — Tests for end-of-file on a large object's descriptor
-
OCI-Lob->erase — Erases a specified portion of the internal LOB data
-
OCI-Lob->export — Exports LOB's contents to a file
-
OCI-Lob->flush — Flushes/writes buffer of the LOB to the server
-
OCI-Lob->free — Frees resources associated with the LOB descriptor
-
OCI-Lob->getBuffering — Returns current state of buffering for the large object
-
OCI-Lob->import — Imports file data to the LOB
-
oci_lob_is_equal — Compares two LOB/FILE locators for equality
-
OCI-Lob->load — Returns large object's contents
-
OCI-Lob->read — Reads part of the large object
-
OCI-Lob->rewind — Moves the internal pointer to the beginning of the large object
-
OCI-Lob->save — Saves data to the large object
-
OCI-Lob->saveFile — Alias of oci_lob_import()
-
OCI-Lob->seek — Sets the internal pointer of the large object
-
OCI-Lob->setBuffering — Changes current state of buffering for the large object
-
OCI-Lob->size — Returns size of large object
-
OCI-Lob->tell — Returns current position of internal pointer of large object
-
OCI-Lob->truncate — Truncates large object
-
OCI-Lob->write — Writes data to the large object
-
OCI-Lob->writeTemporary — Writes temporary large object
-
OCI-Lob->writeToFile — Alias of oci_lob_export()
-
oci_new_collection — Allocates new collection object
-
oci_new_connect — Establishes a new connection to the Oracle server
-
oci_new_cursor — Allocates and returns a new cursor (statement handle)
-
oci_new_descriptor — Initializes a new empty LOB or FILE descriptor
-
oci_num_fields — Returns the number of result columns in a statement
-
oci_num_rows — Returns number of rows affected during statement execution
-
oci_parse — Prepares Oracle statement for execution
-
oci_password_change — Changes password of Oracle's user
-
oci_pconnect — Connect to an Oracle database using a persistent connection
-
oci_result — Returns field's value from the fetched row
-
oci_rollback — Rolls back outstanding transaction
-
oci_server_version — Returns server version
-
oci_set_prefetch — Sets number of rows to be prefetched
-
oci_statement_type — Returns the type of an OCI statement
-
ocibindbyname — Alias of oci_bind_by_name()
-
ocicancel — Alias of oci_cancel()
-
ocicloselob — Alias of OCI-Lob->close
-
ocicollappend — Alias of OCI-Collection->append
-
ocicollassign — Alias of OCI-Collection->assign
-
ocicollassignelem — Alias of OCI-Collection->assignElem
-
ocicollgetelem — Alias of OCI-Collection->getElem
-
ocicollmax — Alias of OCI-Collection->max
-
ocicollsize — Alias of OCI-Collection->size
-
ocicolltrim — Alias of OCI-Collection->trim
-
ocicolumnisnull — Alias of oci_field_is_null()
-
ocicolumnname — Alias of oci_field_name()
-
ocicolumnprecision — Alias of oci_field_precision()
-
ocicolumnscale — Alias of oci_field_scale()
-
ocicolumnsize — Alias of oci_field_size()
-
ocicolumntype — Alias of oci_field_type()
-
ocicolumntyperaw — Alias of oci_field_type_raw()
-
ocicommit — Alias of oci_commit()
-
ocidefinebyname — Alias of oci_define_by_name()
-
ocierror — Alias of oci_error()
-
ociexecute — Alias of oci_execute()
-
ocifetch — Alias of oci_fetch()
-
ocifetchinto — Fetches the next row into an array (deprecated)
-
ocifetchstatement — Alias of oci_fetch_all()
-
ocifreecollection — Alias of OCI-Collection->free
-
ocifreecursor — Alias of oci_free_statement()
-
ocifreedesc — Alias of OCI-Lob->free
-
ocifreestatement — Alias of oci_free_statement()
-
ociinternaldebug — Alias of oci_internal_debug()
-
ociloadlob — Alias of OCI-Lob->load
-
ocilogoff — Alias of oci_close()
-
ocilogon — Alias of oci_connect()
-
ocinewcollection — Alias of oci_new_collection()
-
ocinewcursor — Alias of oci_new_cursor()
-
ocinewdescriptor — Alias of oci_new_descriptor()
-
ocinlogon — Alias of oci_new_connect()
-
ocinumcols — Alias of oci_num_fields()
-
ociparse — Alias of oci_parse()
-
ociplogon — Alias of oci_pconnect()
-
ociresult — Alias of oci_result()
-
ocirollback — Alias of oci_rollback()
-
ocirowcount — Alias of oci_num_rows()
-
ocisavelob — Alias of OCI-Lob->save
-
ocisavelobfile — Alias of OCI-Lob->import
-
ociserverversion — Alias of oci_server_version()
-
ocisetprefetch — Alias of oci_set_prefetch()
-
ocistatementtype — Alias of oci_statement_type()
-
ociwritelobtofile — Alias of OCI-Lob->export
-
ociwritetemporarylob — Alias of OCI-Lob->writeTemporary
- CVIII. ODBC
-
odbc_autocommit — Toggle autocommit behaviour
-
odbc_binmode — Handling of binary column data
-
odbc_close_all — Close all ODBC connections
-
odbc_close — Close an ODBC connection
-
odbc_columnprivileges — Returns a result identifier that can be used to fetch a list of columns and associated privileges
-
odbc_columns — Lists the column names in specified tables
-
odbc_commit — Commit an ODBC transaction
-
odbc_connect — Connect to a datasource
-
odbc_cursor — Get cursorname
-
odbc_data_source — Returns information about a current connection
-
odbc_do — Synonym for odbc_exec()
-
odbc_error — Get the last error code
-
odbc_errormsg — Get the last error message
-
odbc_exec — Prepare and execute a SQL statement
-
odbc_execute — Execute a prepared statement
-
odbc_fetch_array — Fetch a result row as an associative array
-
odbc_fetch_into — Fetch one result row into array
-
odbc_fetch_object — Fetch a result row as an object
-
odbc_fetch_row — Fetch a row
-
odbc_field_len — Get the length (precision) of a field
-
odbc_field_name — Get the columnname
-
odbc_field_num — Return column number
-
odbc_field_precision — Synonym for odbc_field_len()
-
odbc_field_scale — Get the scale of a field
-
odbc_field_type — Datatype of a field
-
odbc_foreignkeys — Returns a list of foreign keys in the specified table or a list of foreign keys in other tables that refer to the primary key in the specified table
-
odbc_free_result — Free resources associated with a result
-
odbc_gettypeinfo — Returns a result identifier containing information about data types supported by the data source
-
odbc_longreadlen — Handling of LONG columns
-
odbc_next_result — Checks if multiple results are available
-
odbc_num_fields — Number of columns in a result
-
odbc_num_rows — Number of rows in a result
-
odbc_pconnect — Open a persistent database connection
-
odbc_prepare — Prepares a statement for execution
-
odbc_primarykeys — Returns a result identifier that can be used to fetch the column names that comprise the primary key for a table
-
odbc_procedurecolumns — Retrieve information about parameters to procedures
-
odbc_procedures — Get the list of procedures stored in a specific data source
-
odbc_result_all — Print result as HTML table
-
odbc_result — Get result data
-
odbc_rollback — Rollback a transaction
-
odbc_setoption — Adjust ODBC settings
-
odbc_specialcolumns — Returns either the optimal set of columns that uniquely identifies a row in the table or columns that are automatically updated when any value in the row is updated by a transaction
-
odbc_statistics — Retrieve statistics about a table
-
odbc_tableprivileges — Lists tables and the privileges associated with each table
-
odbc_tables — Get the list of table names stored in a specific data source
- CIX. ODBC and DB2 (PDO)
-
PDO_ODBC DSN — Connecting to ODBC or DB2 databases
- CX. OGG/Vorbis
-
Usage —
Examples on using the ogg:// wrapper.
- CXI. openal
-
openal_buffer_create —
Generate OpenAL buffer
-
openal_buffer_data —
Load a buffer with data
-
openal_buffer_destroy —
Destroys an OpenAL buffer
-
openal_buffer_get —
Retrieve an OpenAL buffer property
-
openal_buffer_loadwav —
Load a .wav file into a buffer
-
openal_context_create —
Create an audio processing context
-
openal_context_current —
Make the specified context current
-
openal_context_destroy —
Destroys a context
-
openal_context_process —
Process the specified context
-
openal_context_suspend —
Suspend the specified context
-
openal_device_close —
Close an OpenAL device
-
openal_device_open —
Initialize the OpenAL audio layer
-
openal_listener_get —
Retrieve a listener property
-
openal_listener_set —
Set a listener property
-
openal_source_create —
Generate a source resource
-
openal_source_destroy —
Destroy a source resource
-
openal_source_get —
Retrieve an OpenAL source property
-
openal_source_pause —
Pause the source
-
openal_source_play —
Start playing the source
-
openal_source_rewind —
Rewind the source
-
openal_source_set —
Set source property
-
openal_source_stop —
Stop playing the source
-
openal_stream —
Begin streaming on a source
- CXII. OpenSSL
-
openssl_csr_export_to_file — Exports a CSR to a file
-
openssl_csr_export — Exports a CSR as a string
-
openssl_csr_get_public_key — Returns the public key of a CERT
-
openssl_csr_get_subject — Returns the subject of a CERT
-
openssl_csr_new — Generates a CSR
-
openssl_csr_sign — Sign a CSR with another certificate (or itself) and generate a certificate
-
openssl_error_string — Return openSSL error message
-
openssl_free_key — Free key resource
-
openssl_get_privatekey — Alias of openssl_pkey_get_private()
-
openssl_get_publickey — Alias of openssl_pkey_get_public()
-
openssl_open — Open sealed data
-
openssl_pkcs12_export_to_file — Exports a PKCS#12 Compatible Certificate Store File
-
openssl_pkcs12_export — Exports a PKCS#12 Compatible Certificate Store File to variable.
-
openssl_pkcs12_read — Parse a PKCS#12 Certificate Store into an array
-
openssl_pkcs7_decrypt — Decrypts an S/MIME encrypted message
-
openssl_pkcs7_encrypt — Encrypt an S/MIME message
-
openssl_pkcs7_sign — Sign an S/MIME message
-
openssl_pkcs7_verify — Verifies the signature of an S/MIME signed message
-
openssl_pkey_export_to_file — Gets an exportable representation of a key into a file
-
openssl_pkey_export — Gets an exportable representation of a key into a string
-
openssl_pkey_free — Frees a private key
-
openssl_pkey_get_details — Returns an array with the key details
-
openssl_pkey_get_private — Get a private key
-
openssl_pkey_get_public — Extract public key from certificate and prepare it for use
-
openssl_pkey_new — Generates a new private key
-
openssl_private_decrypt — Decrypts data with private key
-
openssl_private_encrypt — Encrypts data with private key
-
openssl_public_decrypt — Decrypts data with public key
-
openssl_public_encrypt — Encrypts data with public key
-
openssl_seal — Seal (encrypt) data
-
openssl_sign — Generate signature
-
openssl_verify — Verify signature
-
openssl_x509_check_private_key — Checks if a private key corresponds to a certificate
-
openssl_x509_checkpurpose — Verifies if a certificate can be used for a particular purpose
-
openssl_x509_export_to_file — Exports a certificate to file
-
openssl_x509_export — Exports a certificate as a string
-
openssl_x509_free — Free certificate resource
-
openssl_x509_parse — Parse an X509 certificate and return the information as an array
-
openssl_x509_read — Parse an X.509 certificate and return a resource identifier for
it
- CXIII. Oracle
-
ora_bind — Binds a PHP variable to an Oracle parameter
-
ora_close — Closes an Oracle cursor
-
ora_columnname — Gets the name of an Oracle result column
-
ora_columnsize — Returns the size of an Oracle result column
-
ora_columntype — Gets the type of an Oracle result column
-
ora_commit — Commit an Oracle transaction
-
ora_commitoff — Disable automatic commit
-
ora_commiton — Enable automatic commit
-
ora_do — Parse, Exec, Fetch
-
ora_error — Gets an Oracle error message
-
ora_errorcode — Gets an Oracle error code
-
ora_exec — Execute a parsed statement on an Oracle cursor
-
ora_fetch_into — Fetch a row into the specified result array
-
ora_fetch — Fetch a row of data from a cursor
-
ora_getcolumn — Get data from a fetched column
-
ora_logoff — Close an Oracle connection
-
ora_logon — Open an Oracle connection
-
ora_numcols — Returns the number of columns
-
ora_numrows — Returns the number of rows
-
ora_open — Opens an Oracle cursor
-
ora_parse — Parse an SQL statement with Oracle
-
ora_plogon — Open a persistent Oracle connection
-
ora_rollback — Rolls back a transaction
- CXIV. Oracle (PDO)
-
PDO_OCI DSN — Connecting to Oracle databases
- CXV. Output Control
-
flush — Flush the output buffer
-
ob_clean — Clean (erase) the output buffer
-
ob_end_clean — Clean (erase) the output buffer and turn off output buffering
-
ob_end_flush — Flush (send) the output buffer and turn off output buffering
-
ob_flush — Flush (send) the output buffer
-
ob_get_clean — Get current buffer contents and delete current output buffer
-
ob_get_contents — Return the contents of the output buffer
-
ob_get_flush — Flush the output buffer, return it as a string and turn off output buffering
-
ob_get_length — Return the length of the output buffer
-
ob_get_level — Return the nesting level of the output buffering mechanism
-
ob_get_status — Get status of output buffers
-
ob_gzhandler — ob_start callback function to gzip output buffer
-
ob_implicit_flush — Turn implicit flush on/off
-
ob_list_handlers — List all output handlers in use
-
ob_start — Turn on output buffering
-
output_add_rewrite_var — Add URL rewriter values
-
output_reset_rewrite_vars — Reset URL rewriter values
- CXVI. OvrimosSQL
-
ovrimos_close — Closes the connection to ovrimos
-
ovrimos_commit — Commits the transaction
-
ovrimos_connect — Connect to the specified database
-
ovrimos_cursor — Returns the name of the cursor
-
ovrimos_exec — Executes an SQL statement
-
ovrimos_execute — Executes a prepared SQL statement
-
ovrimos_fetch_into — Fetches a row from the result set
-
ovrimos_fetch_row — Fetches a row from the result set
-
ovrimos_field_len — Returns the length of the output column
-
ovrimos_field_name — Returns the output column name
-
ovrimos_field_num — Returns the (1-based) index of the output column
-
ovrimos_field_type — Returns the type of the output column
-
ovrimos_free_result — Frees the specified result_id
-
ovrimos_longreadlen — Specifies how many bytes are to be retrieved from long datatypes
-
ovrimos_num_fields — Returns the number of columns
-
ovrimos_num_rows — Returns the number of rows affected by update operations
-
ovrimos_prepare — Prepares an SQL statement
-
ovrimos_result_all — Prints the whole result set as an HTML table
-
ovrimos_result — Retrieves the output column
-
ovrimos_rollback — Rolls back the transaction
- CXVII. Paradox
-
px_close — Closes a paradox database
-
px_create_fp — Create a new paradox database
-
px_date2string —
Converts a date into a string.
-
px_delete_record — Deletes record from paradox database
-
px_delete — Deletes resource of paradox database
-
px_get_field — Returns the specification of a single field
-
px_get_info — Return lots of information about a paradox file
-
px_get_parameter — Gets a parameter
-
px_get_record — Returns record of paradox database
-
px_get_schema — Returns the database schema
-
px_get_value — Gets a value
-
px_insert_record — Inserts record into paradox database
-
px_new — Create a new paradox object
-
px_numfields — Returns number of fields in a database
-
px_numrecords — Returns number of records in a database
-
px_open_fp — Open paradox database
-
px_put_record — Stores record into paradox database
-
px_retrieve_record — Returns record of paradox database
-
px_set_blob_file — Sets the file where blobs are read from
-
px_set_parameter — Sets a parameter
-
px_set_tablename — Sets the name of a table (deprecated)
-
px_set_targetencoding — Sets the encoding for character fields (deprecated)
-
px_set_value — Sets a value
-
px_timestamp2string —
Converts the timestamp into a string.
-
px_update_record — Updates record in paradox database
- CXVIII. Parsekit
-
parsekit_compile_file — Compile a string of PHP code and return the resulting op array
-
parsekit_compile_string — Compile a string of PHP code and return the resulting op array
-
parsekit_func_arginfo — Return information regarding function argument(s)
- CXIX. PCNTL
-
pcntl_alarm — Set an alarm clock for delivery of a signal
-
pcntl_exec — Executes specified program in current process space
-
pcntl_fork — Forks the currently running process
-
pcntl_getpriority — Get the priority of any process
-
pcntl_setpriority — Change the priority of any process
-
pcntl_signal — Installs a signal handler
-
pcntl_wait — Waits on or returns the status of a forked child
-
pcntl_waitpid — Waits on or returns the status of a forked child
-
pcntl_wexitstatus — Returns the return code of a terminated child
-
pcntl_wifexited — Checks if status code represents a normal exit
-
pcntl_wifsignaled — Checks whether the status code represents a termination due to a signal
-
pcntl_wifstopped — Checks whether the child process is currently stopped
-
pcntl_wstopsig — Returns the signal which caused the child to stop
-
pcntl_wtermsig — Returns the signal which caused the child to terminate
- CXX. PCRE
-
Pattern Modifiers — Describes possible modifiers in regex
patterns
-
Pattern Syntax — Describes PCRE regex syntax
-
preg_grep — Return array entries that match the pattern
-
preg_last_error — Returns the error code of the last PCRE regex execution
-
preg_match_all — Perform a global regular expression match
-
preg_match — Perform a regular expression match
-
preg_quote — Quote regular expression characters
-
preg_replace_callback — Perform a regular expression search and replace using a callback
-
preg_replace — Perform a regular expression search and replace
-
preg_split — Split string by a regular expression
- CXXI. PDF
-
PDF_activate_item — Activate structure element or other content item
-
PDF_add_annotation — Add annotation [deprecated]
-
PDF_add_bookmark — Add bookmark for current page [deprecated]
-
PDF_add_launchlink — Add launch annotation for current page [deprecated]
-
PDF_add_locallink — Add link annotation for current page [deprecated]
-
PDF_add_nameddest — Create named destination
-
PDF_add_note — Set annotation for current page [deprecated]
-
PDF_add_outline — Add bookmark for current page [deprecated]
-
PDF_add_pdflink — Add file link annotation for current page [deprecated]
-
PDF_add_table_cell — Add a cell to a new or existing table
-
PDF_add_textflow — Create Textflow or add text to existing Textflow
-
PDF_add_thumbnail — Add thumbnail for current page
-
PDF_add_weblink — Add weblink for current page [deprecated]
-
PDF_arc — Draw a counterclockwise circular arc segment
-
PDF_arcn — Draw a clockwise circular arc segment
-
PDF_attach_file — Add file attachment for current page [deprecated]
-
PDF_begin_document — Create new PDF file
-
PDF_begin_font — Start a Type 3 font definition
-
PDF_begin_glyph — Start glyph definition for Type 3 font
-
PDF_begin_item — Open structure element or other content item
-
PDF_begin_layer — Start layer
-
PDF_begin_page_ext — Start new page
-
PDF_begin_page — Start new page [deprecated]
-
PDF_begin_pattern — Start pattern definition
-
PDF_begin_template_ext — Start template definition
-
PDF_begin_template — Start template definition [deprecated]
-
PDF_circle — Draw a circle
-
PDF_clip — Clip to current path
-
PDF_close_image — Close image
-
PDF_close_pdi_page — Close the page handle
-
PDF_close_pdi — Close the input PDF document [deprecated]
-
PDF_close — Close pdf resource [deprecated]
-
PDF_closepath_fill_stroke — Close, fill and stroke current path
-
PDF_closepath_stroke — Close and stroke path
-
PDF_closepath — Close current path
-
PDF_concat — Concatenate a matrix to the CTM
-
PDF_continue_text — Output text in next line
-
PDF_create_3dview — Create 3D view
-
PDF_create_action — Create action for objects or events
-
PDF_create_annotation — Create rectangular annotation
-
PDF_create_bookmark — Create bookmark
-
PDF_create_field — Create form field
-
PDF_create_fieldgroup — Create form field group
-
PDF_create_gstate — Create graphics state object
-
PDF_create_pvf — Create PDFlib virtual file
-
PDF_create_textflow — Create textflow object
-
PDF_curveto — Draw Bezier curve
-
PDF_define_layer — Create layer definition
-
PDF_delete_pvf — Delete PDFlib virtual file
-
PDF_delete_table — Delete table object
-
PDF_delete_textflow — Delete textflow object
-
PDF_delete — Delete PDFlib object
-
PDF_encoding_set_char — Add glyph name and/or Unicode value
-
PDF_end_document — Close PDF file
-
PDF_end_font — Terminate Type 3 font definition
-
PDF_end_glyph — Terminate glyph definition for Type 3 font
-
PDF_end_item — Close structure element or other content item
-
PDF_end_layer — Deactivate all active layers
-
PDF_end_page_ext — Finish page
-
PDF_end_page — Finish page
-
PDF_end_pattern — Finish pattern
-
PDF_end_template — Finish template
-
PDF_endpath — End current path
-
PDF_fill_imageblock — Fill image block with variable data
-
PDF_fill_pdfblock — Fill PDF block with variable data
-
PDF_fill_stroke — Fill and stroke path
-
PDF_fill_textblock — Fill text block with variable data
-
PDF_fill — Fill current path
-
PDF_findfont — Prepare font for later use [deprecated]
-
PDF_fit_image — Place image or template
-
PDF_fit_pdi_page — Place imported PDF page
-
PDF_fit_table — Place table on page
-
PDF_fit_textflow — Format textflow in rectangular area
-
PDF_fit_textline — Place single line of text
-
PDF_get_apiname — Get name of unsuccessfull API function
-
PDF_get_buffer — Get PDF output buffer
-
PDF_get_errmsg — Get error text
-
PDF_get_errnum — Get error number
-
PDF_get_font — Get font [deprecated]
-
PDF_get_fontname — Get font name [deprecated]
-
PDF_get_fontsize — Font handling [deprecated]
-
PDF_get_image_height — Get image height [deprecated]
-
PDF_get_image_width — Get image width [deprecated]
-
PDF_get_majorversion — Get major version number [deprecated]
-
PDF_get_minorversion — Get minor version number [deprecated]
-
PDF_get_parameter — Get string parameter
-
PDF_get_pdi_parameter — Get PDI string parameter [deprecated]
-
PDF_get_pdi_value — Get PDI numerical parameter [deprecated]
-
PDF_get_value — Get numerical parameter
-
PDF_info_font — Query detailed information about a loaded font
-
PDF_info_matchbox — Query matchbox information
-
PDF_info_table — Retrieve table information
-
PDF_info_textflow — Query textflow state
-
PDF_info_textline — Perform textline formatting and query metrics
-
PDF_initgraphics — Reset graphic state
-
PDF_lineto — Draw a line
-
PDF_load_3ddata — Load 3D model
-
PDF_load_font — Search and prepare font
-
PDF_load_iccprofile — Search and prepare ICC profile
-
PDF_load_image — Open image file
-
PDF_makespotcolor — Make spot color
-
PDF_moveto — Set current point
-
PDF_new — Create PDFlib object
-
PDF_open_ccitt — Open raw CCITT image [deprecated]
-
PDF_open_file — Create PDF file [deprecated]
-
PDF_open_gif — Open GIF image [deprecated]
-
PDF_open_image_file — Read image from file [deprecated]
-
PDF_open_image — Use image data [deprecated]
-
PDF_open_jpeg — Open JPEG image [deprecated]
-
PDF_open_memory_image — Open image created with PHP's image functions [not supported]
-
PDF_open_pdi_page — Prepare a page
-
PDF_open_pdi — Open PDF file [deprecated]
-
PDF_open_tiff — Open TIFF image [deprecated]
-
PDF_pcos_get_number — Get value of pCOS path with type number or boolean
-
PDF_pcos_get_stream — Get contents of pCOS path with type stream, fstream, or string
-
PDF_pcos_get_string — Get value of pCOS path with type name, string, or boolean
-
PDF_place_image — Place image on the page [deprecated]
-
PDF_place_pdi_page — Place PDF page [deprecated]
-
PDF_process_pdi — Process imported PDF document
-
PDF_rect — Draw rectangle
-
PDF_restore — Restore graphics state
-
PDF_resume_page — Resume page
-
PDF_rotate — Rotate coordinate system
-
PDF_save — Save graphics state
-
PDF_scale — Scale coordinate system
-
PDF_set_border_color — Set border color of annotations [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_border_dash — Set border dash style of annotations [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_border_style — Set border style of annotations [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_char_spacing — Set character spacing [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_duration — Set duration between pages [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_gstate — Activate graphics state object
-
PDF_set_horiz_scaling — Set horizontal text scaling [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_info_author — Fill the author document info field [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_info_creator — Fill the creator document info field [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_info_keywords — Fill the keywords document info field [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_info_subject — Fill the subject document info field [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_info_title — Fill the title document info field [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_info — Fill document info field
-
PDF_set_layer_dependency — Define relationships among layers
-
PDF_set_leading — Set distance between text lines [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_parameter — Set string parameter
-
PDF_set_text_matrix — Set text matrix [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_text_pos — Set text position
-
PDF_set_text_rendering — Determine text rendering [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_text_rise — Set text rise [deprecated]
-
PDF_set_value — Set numerical parameter
-
PDF_set_word_spacing — Set spacing between words [deprecated]
-
PDF_setcolor — Set fill and stroke color
-
PDF_setdash — Set simple dash pattern
-
PDF_setdashpattern — Set dash pattern
-
PDF_setflat — Set flatness
-
PDF_setfont — Set font
-
PDF_setgray_fill — Set fill color to gray [deprecated]
-
PDF_setgray_stroke — Set stroke color to gray [deprecated]
-
PDF_setgray — Set color to gray [deprecated]
-
PDF_setlinecap — Set linecap parameter
-
PDF_setlinejoin — Set linejoin parameter
-
PDF_setlinewidth — Set line width
-
PDF_setmatrix — Set current transformation matrix
-
PDF_setmiterlimit — Set miter limit
-
PDF_setpolydash — Set complicated dash pattern [deprecated]
-
PDF_setrgbcolor_fill — Set fill rgb color values [deprecated]
-
PDF_setrgbcolor_stroke — Set stroke rgb color values [deprecated]
-
PDF_setrgbcolor — Set fill and stroke rgb color values [deprecated]
-
PDF_shading_pattern — Define shading pattern
-
PDF_shading — Define blend
-
PDF_shfill — Fill area with shading
-
PDF_show_boxed — Output text in a box [deprecated]
-
PDF_show_xy — Output text at given position
-
PDF_show — Output text at current position
-
PDF_skew — Skew the coordinate system
-
PDF_stringwidth — Return width of text
-
PDF_stroke — Stroke path
-
PDF_suspend_page — Suspend page
-
PDF_translate — Set origin of coordinate system
-
PDF_utf16_to_utf8 — Convert string from UTF-16 to UTF-8
-
PDF_utf32_to_utf16 — Convert string from UTF-32 to UTF-16
-
PDF_utf8_to_utf16 — Convert string from UTF-8 to UTF-16
- CXXII. PDO
-
PDO->beginTransaction() —
Initiates a transaction
-
PDO->commit() —
Commits a transaction
-
PDO->__construct() —
Creates a PDO instance representing a connection to a database
-
PDO->errorCode() —
Fetch the SQLSTATE associated with the last operation on the database handle
-
PDO->errorInfo() —
Fetch extended error information associated with the last operation on the database handle
-
PDO->exec() —
Execute an SQL statement and return the number of affected rows
-
PDO->getAttribute() —
Retrieve a database connection attribute
-
PDO->getAvailableDrivers() —
Return an array of available PDO drivers
-
PDO->lastInsertId() —
Returns the ID of the last inserted row or sequence value
-
PDO->prepare() —
Prepares a statement for execution and returns a statement object
-
PDO->query() —
Executes an SQL statement, returning a result set as a PDOStatement object
-
PDO->quote() —
Quotes a string for use in a query.
-
PDO->rollBack() —
Rolls back a transaction
-
PDO->setAttribute() —
Set an attribute
-
PDOStatement->bindColumn() —
Bind a column to a PHP variable
-
PDOStatement->bindParam() —
Binds a parameter to the specified variable name
-
PDOStatement->bindValue() —
Binds a value to a parameter
-
PDOStatement->closeCursor() —
Closes the cursor, enabling the statement to be executed again.
-
PDOStatement->columnCount() —
Returns the number of columns in the result set
-
PDOStatement->errorCode() —
Fetch the SQLSTATE associated with the last operation on the statement handle
-
PDOStatement->errorInfo() —
Fetch extended error information associated with the last operation on the statement handle
-
PDOStatement->execute() —
Executes a prepared statement
-
PDOStatement->fetch() —
Fetches the next row from a result set
-
PDOStatement->fetchAll() —
Returns an array containing all of the result set rows
-
PDOStatement->fetchColumn() —
Returns a single column from the next row of a result set
-
PDOStatement->fetchObject() — Fetches the next row and returns it as an object.
-
PDOStatement->getAttribute() —
Retrieve a statement attribute
-
PDOStatement->getColumnMeta() —
Returns metadata for a column in a result set
-
PDOStatement->nextRowset() —
Advances to the next rowset in a multi-rowset statement handle
-
PDOStatement->rowCount() —
Returns the number of rows affected by the last SQL statement
-
PDOStatement->setAttribute() —
Set a statement attribute
-
PDOStatement->setFetchMode() —
Set the default fetch mode for this statement
- CXXIII. phar
-
Phar::apiVersion — Returns the api version
-
Phar::canCompress — Returns whether phar extension supports compression using either zlib or bzip2
-
Phar::canWrite — Returns whether phar extension supports writing and creating phars
-
Phar->compressAllFilesBZIP2 — Compresses all files in the current Phar archive using Bzip2 compression
-
Phar->compressAllFilesGZ — Compresses all files in the current Phar archive using Gzip compression
-
Phar::__construct — Construct a Phar archive object
-
Phar->count — Returns the number of entries (files) in the Phar archive
-
Phar->getMetaData — Returns phar archive meta-data
-
Phar->getModified — Return whether phar was modified
-
Phar->getSignature — Return MD5/SHA1 signature of a Phar archive
-
Phar->getStub — Return the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive
-
Phar->getVersion — Return version info of Phar archive
-
Phar->isBuffering — Used to determine whether Phar write operations are being buffered, or are flushing directly to disk
-
Phar::loadPhar — Loads any phar archive with an alias
-
Phar::mapPhar — Reads the currently executed file (a phar) and registers its manifest
-
Phar::offsetExists — determines whether a file exists in the phar
-
Phar::offsetGet — get a PharFileInfo object for a specific file
-
Phar::offsetSet — set the contents of an internal file to those of an external file
-
Phar::offsetUnset — remove a file from a phar
-
Phar->setMetaData — Sets phar archive meta-data
-
Phar->setStub — Used to set the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive
-
Phar->startBuffering — Start buffering Phar write operations, do not modify the Phar object on disk
-
Phar->stopBuffering — Stop buffering write requests to the Phar archive, and save changes to disk
-
Phar->uncompressAllFiles — Uncompresses all files in the current Phar archive
-
PharFileInfo->chmod — Sets file-specific permission bits
-
PharFileInfo::__construct — Construct a Phar entry object
-
PharFileInfo->getCompressedSize — Returns the actual size of the file (with compression) inside the Phar archive
-
PharFileInfo->getCRC32 — Returns CRC32 code or throws an exception if not CRC checked
-
PharFileInfo->getMetaData — Returns file-specific meta-data saved with a file
-
PharFileInfo->getPharFlags — Returns the Phar file entry flags
-
PharFileInfo->isCompressed — Returns whether the entry is compressed
-
PharFileInfo->isCompressedBZIP2 — Returns whether the entry is compressed using bzip2
-
PharFileInfo->isCompressedGZ — Returns whether the entry is compressed using gz
-
PharFileInfo->isCRCChecked — Returns whether file entry has had its CRC verified
-
PharFileInfo->setCompressedBZIP2 — Compresses the current Phar entry within the phar using Bzip2 compression
-
PharFileInfo->setCompressedGZ — Compresses the current Phar entry within the phar using gz compression
-
PharFileInfo->setMetaData — Sets file-specific meta-data saved with a file
-
PharFileInfo->setUncompressed — Uncompresses the current Phar entry within the phar, if it is compressed
- CXXIV. PHP Options/Info
-
assert_options — Set/get the various assert flags
-
assert — Checks if assertion is
FALSE
-
dl — Loads a PHP extension at runtime
-
extension_loaded — Find out whether an extension is loaded
-
get_cfg_var — Gets the value of a PHP configuration option
-
get_current_user — Gets the name of the owner of the current PHP script
-
get_defined_constants — Returns an associative array with the names of all the constants and their values
-
get_extension_funcs — Returns an array with the names of the functions of a module
-
get_include_path — Gets the current include_path configuration option
-
get_included_files — Returns an array with the names of included or required files
-
get_loaded_extensions — Returns an array with the names of all modules compiled and loaded
-
get_magic_quotes_gpc — Gets the current configuration setting of magic quotes gpc
-
get_magic_quotes_runtime — Gets the current active configuration setting of magic_quotes_runtime
-
get_required_files — Alias of get_included_files()
-
getenv — Gets the value of an environment variable
-
getlastmod — Gets time of last page modification
-
getmygid — Get PHP script owner's GID
-
getmyinode — Gets the inode of the current script
-
getmypid — Gets PHP's process ID
-
getmyuid — Gets PHP script owner's UID
-
getopt — Gets options from the command line argument list
-
getrusage — Gets the current resource usages
-
ini_alter — Alias of ini_set()
-
ini_get_all — Gets all configuration options
-
ini_get — Gets the value of a configuration option
-
ini_restore — Restores the value of a configuration option
-
ini_set — Sets the value of a configuration option
-
main — Dummy for main()
-
memory_get_peak_usage — Returns the peak of memory allocated by PHP
-
memory_get_usage — Returns the amount of memory allocated to PHP
-
php_ini_scanned_files — Return a list of .ini files parsed from the additional ini dir
-
php_logo_guid — Gets the logo guid
-
php_sapi_name — Returns the type of interface between web server and PHP
-
php_uname — Returns information about the operating system PHP is running on
-
phpcredits — Prints out the credits for PHP
-
phpinfo — Outputs lots of PHP information
-
phpversion — Gets the current PHP version
-
putenv — Sets the value of an environment variable
-
restore_include_path — Restores the value of the include_path configuration option
-
set_include_path — Sets the include_path configuration option
-
set_magic_quotes_runtime — Sets the current active configuration setting of magic_quotes_runtime
-
set_time_limit — Limits the maximum execution time
-
sys_get_temp_dir — Returns directory path used for temporary files
-
version_compare — Compares two "PHP-standardized" version number strings
-
zend_logo_guid — Gets the Zend guid
-
zend_thread_id — Returns a unique identifier for the current thread
-
zend_version — Gets the version of the current Zend engine
- CXXV. POSIX
-
posix_access —
Determine accessibility of a file
-
posix_ctermid — Get path name of controlling terminal
-
posix_get_last_error — Retrieve the error number set by the last posix function that failed
-
posix_getcwd — Pathname of current directory
-
posix_getegid — Return the effective group ID of the current process
-
posix_geteuid — Return the effective user ID of the current process
-
posix_getgid — Return the real group ID of the current process
-
posix_getgrgid — Return info about a group by group id
-
posix_getgrnam — Return info about a group by name
-
posix_getgroups — Return the group set of the current process
-
posix_getlogin — Return login name
-
posix_getpgid — Get process group id for job control
-
posix_getpgrp — Return the current process group identifier
-
posix_getpid — Return the current process identifier
-
posix_getppid — Return the parent process identifier
-
posix_getpwnam — Return info about a user by username
-
posix_getpwuid — Return info about a user by user id
-
posix_getrlimit — Return info about system resource limits
-
posix_getsid — Get the current sid of the process
-
posix_getuid — Return the real user ID of the current process
-
posix_initgroups — Calculate the group access list
-
posix_isatty — Determine if a file descriptor is an interactive terminal
-
posix_kill — Send a signal to a process
-
posix_mkfifo — Create a fifo special file (a named pipe)
-
posix_mknod —
Create a special or ordinary file (POSIX.1)
-
posix_setegid — Set the effective GID of the current process
-
posix_seteuid — Set the effective UID of the current process
-
posix_setgid — Set the GID of the current process
-
posix_setpgid — Set process group id for job control
-
posix_setsid — Make the current process a session leader
-
posix_setuid — Set the UID of the current process
-
posix_strerror — Retrieve the system error message associated with the given errno
-
posix_times — Get process times
-
posix_ttyname — Determine terminal device name
-
posix_uname — Get system name
- CXXVI. POSIX Regex
-
ereg_replace — Replace regular expression
-
ereg — Regular expression match
-
eregi_replace — Replace regular expression case insensitive
-
eregi — Case insensitive regular expression match
-
split — Split string into array by regular expression
-
spliti — Split string into array by regular expression case insensitive
-
sql_regcase — Make regular expression for case insensitive match
- CXXVII. PostgreSQL
-
pg_affected_rows — Returns number of affected records (tuples)
-
pg_cancel_query —
Cancel an asynchronous query
-
pg_client_encoding —
Gets the client encoding
-
pg_close — Closes a PostgreSQL connection
-
pg_connect — Open a PostgreSQL connection
-
pg_connection_busy —
Get connection is busy or not
-
pg_connection_reset —
Reset connection (reconnect)
-
pg_connection_status —
Get connection status
-
pg_convert —
Convert associative array values into suitable for SQL statement
-
pg_copy_from —
Insert records into a table from an array
-
pg_copy_to —
Copy a table to an array
-
pg_dbname — Get the database name
-
pg_delete —
Deletes records
-
pg_end_copy — Sync with PostgreSQL backend
-
pg_escape_bytea —
Escape a string for insertion into a bytea field
-
pg_escape_string —
Escape a string for insertion into a text field
-
pg_execute — Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given parameters, and waits for the result.
-
pg_fetch_all_columns — Fetches all rows in a particular result column as an array
-
pg_fetch_all — Fetches all rows from a result as an array
-
pg_fetch_array — Fetch a row as an array
-
pg_fetch_assoc — Fetch a row as an associative array
-
pg_fetch_object — Fetch a row as an object
-
pg_fetch_result — Returns values from a result resource
-
pg_fetch_row — Get a row as an enumerated array
-
pg_field_is_null — Test if a field is SQL
NULL
-
pg_field_name — Returns the name of a field
-
pg_field_num — Returns the field number of the named field
-
pg_field_prtlen — Returns the printed length
-
pg_field_size —
Returns the internal storage size of the named field
-
pg_field_table — Returns the name or oid of the tables field
-
pg_field_type_oid —
Returns the type ID (OID) for the corresponding field number
-
pg_field_type —
Returns the type name for the corresponding field number
-
pg_free_result — Free result memory
-
pg_get_notify — Gets SQL NOTIFY message
-
pg_get_pid — Gets the backend's process ID
-
pg_get_result —
Get asynchronous query result
-
pg_host —
Returns the host name associated with the connection
-
pg_insert —
Insert array into table
-
pg_last_error — Get the last error message string of a connection
-
pg_last_notice —
Returns the last notice message from PostgreSQL server
-
pg_last_oid — Returns the last row's OID
-
pg_lo_close — Close a large object
-
pg_lo_create — Create a large object
-
pg_lo_export — Export a large object to file
-
pg_lo_import — Import a large object from file
-
pg_lo_open — Open a large object
-
pg_lo_read_all —
Reads an entire large object and send straight to browser
-
pg_lo_read — Read a large object
-
pg_lo_seek —
Seeks position within a large object
-
pg_lo_tell —
Returns current seek position a of large object
-
pg_lo_unlink — Delete a large object
-
pg_lo_write — Write to a large object
-
pg_meta_data —
Get meta data for table
-
pg_num_fields — Returns the number of fields in a result
-
pg_num_rows — Returns the number of rows in a result
-
pg_options — Get the options associated with the connection
-
pg_parameter_status — Looks up a current parameter setting of the server.
-
pg_pconnect — Open a persistent PostgreSQL connection
-
pg_ping — Ping database connection
-
pg_port —
Return the port number associated with the connection
-
pg_prepare — Submits a request to create a prepared statement with the
given parameters, and waits for completion.
-
pg_put_line — Send a NULL-terminated string to PostgreSQL backend
-
pg_query_params — Submits a command to the server and waits for the result, with the ability to pass parameters separately from the SQL command text.
-
pg_query — Execute a query
-
pg_result_error_field — Returns an individual field of an error report.
-
pg_result_error —
Get error message associated with result
-
pg_result_seek — Set internal row offset in result resource
-
pg_result_status —
Get status of query result
-
pg_select —
Select records
-
pg_send_execute — Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given parameters, without waiting for the result(s).
-
pg_send_prepare — Sends a request to create a prepared statement with the given parameters, without waiting for completion.
-
pg_send_query_params — Submits a command and separate parameters to the server without waiting for the result(s).
-
pg_send_query —
Sends asynchronous query
-
pg_set_client_encoding —
Set the client encoding
-
pg_set_error_verbosity —
Determines the verbosity of messages returned by pg_last_error()
and pg_result_error().
-
pg_trace — Enable tracing a PostgreSQL connection
-
pg_transaction_status — Returns the current in-transaction status of the server.
-
pg_tty —
Return the TTY name associated with the connection
-
pg_unescape_bytea —
Unescape binary for bytea type
-
pg_untrace — Disable tracing of a PostgreSQL connection
-
pg_update —
Update table
-
pg_version —
Returns an array with client, protocol and server version (when available)
- CXXVIII. PostgreSQL (PDO)
-
PDO_PGSQL DSN — Connecting to PostgreSQL databases
-
PDO::pgsqlLOBCreate — Creates a new large object
-
PDO::pgsqlLOBOpen — Opens an existing large object stream
-
PDO::pgsqlLOBUnlink — Deletes the large object
- CXXIX. Printer
-
printer_abort — Deletes the printer's spool file
-
printer_close — Close an open printer connection
-
printer_create_brush — Create a new brush
-
printer_create_dc — Create a new device context
-
printer_create_font — Create a new font
-
printer_create_pen — Create a new pen
-
printer_delete_brush — Delete a brush
-
printer_delete_dc — Delete a device context
-
printer_delete_font — Delete a font
-
printer_delete_pen — Delete a pen
-
printer_draw_bmp — Draw a bmp
-
printer_draw_chord — Draw a chord
-
printer_draw_elipse — Draw an ellipse
-
printer_draw_line — Draw a line
-
printer_draw_pie — Draw a pie
-
printer_draw_rectangle — Draw a rectangle
-
printer_draw_roundrect — Draw a rectangle with rounded corners
-
printer_draw_text — Draw text
-
printer_end_doc — Close document
-
printer_end_page — Close active page
-
printer_get_option — Retrieve printer configuration data
-
printer_list — Return an array of printers attached to the server
-
printer_logical_fontheight — Get logical font height
-
printer_open — Opens a connection to a printer
-
printer_select_brush — Select a brush
-
printer_select_font — Select a font
-
printer_select_pen — Select a pen
-
printer_set_option — Configure the printer connection
-
printer_start_doc — Start a new document
-
printer_start_page — Start a new page
-
printer_write — Write data to the printer
- CXXX. Program Execution
-
escapeshellarg — Escape a string to be used as a shell argument
-
escapeshellcmd — Escape shell metacharacters
-
exec — Execute an external program
-
passthru — Execute an external program and display raw output
-
proc_close — Close a process opened by proc_open() and return the exit code of that process.
-
proc_get_status — Get information about a process opened by proc_open()
-
proc_nice — Change the priority of the current process
-
proc_open —
Execute a command and open file pointers for input/output
-
proc_terminate — Kills a process opened by proc_open
-
shell_exec — Execute command via shell and return the complete output as a string
-
system — Execute an external program and display the output
- CXXXI. PS
-
ps_add_bookmark — Add bookmark to current page
-
ps_add_launchlink — Adds link which launches file
-
ps_add_locallink — Adds link to a page in the same document
-
ps_add_note — Adds note to current page
-
ps_add_pdflink — Adds link to a page in a second pdf document
-
ps_add_weblink — Adds link to a web location
-
ps_arc — Draws an arc counterclockwise
-
ps_arcn — Draws an arc clockwise
-
ps_begin_page — Start a new page
-
ps_begin_pattern — Start a new pattern
-
ps_begin_template — Start a new template
-
ps_circle — Draws a circle
-
ps_clip — Clips drawing to current path
-
ps_close_image — Closes image and frees memory
-
ps_close — Closes a PostScript document
-
ps_closepath_stroke — Closes and strokes path
-
ps_closepath — Closes path
-
ps_continue_text — Continue text in next line
-
ps_curveto — Draws a curve
-
ps_delete — Deletes all resources of a PostScript document
-
ps_end_page — End a page
-
ps_end_pattern — End a pattern
-
ps_end_template — End a template
-
ps_fill_stroke — Fills and strokes the current path
-
ps_fill — Fills the current path
-
ps_findfont — Loads a font
-
ps_get_buffer — Fetches the full buffer containig the generated PS data
-
ps_get_parameter — Gets certain parameters
-
ps_get_value — Gets certain values
-
ps_hyphenate — Hyphenates a word
-
ps_include_file — Reads an external file with raw PostScript code
-
ps_lineto — Draws a line
-
ps_makespotcolor — Create spot color
-
ps_moveto — Sets current point
-
ps_new — Creates a new PostScript document object
-
ps_open_file — Opens a file for output
-
ps_open_image_file — Opens image from file
-
ps_open_image — Reads an image for later placement
-
ps_open_memory_image — Takes an GD image and returns an image for placement in a PS document
-
ps_place_image — Places image on the page
-
ps_rect — Draws a rectangle
-
ps_restore — Restore previously save context
-
ps_rotate — Sets rotation factor
-
ps_save — Save current context
-
ps_scale — Sets scaling factor
-
ps_set_border_color — Sets color of border for annotations
-
ps_set_border_dash — Sets length of dashes for border of annotations
-
ps_set_border_style — Sets border style of annotations
-
ps_set_info — Sets information fields of document
-
ps_set_parameter — Sets certain parameters
-
ps_set_text_pos — Sets position for text output
-
ps_set_value — Sets certain values
-
ps_setcolor — Sets current color
-
ps_setdash — Sets appearance of a dashed line
-
ps_setflat — Sets flatness
-
ps_setfont — Sets font to use for following output
-
ps_setgray — Sets gray value
-
ps_setlinecap — Sets appearance of line ends
-
ps_setlinejoin — Sets how contected lines are joined
-
ps_setlinewidth — Sets width of a line
-
ps_setmiterlimit — Sets the miter limit
-
ps_setoverprintmode — Sets overprint mode
-
ps_setpolydash — Sets appearance of a dashed line
-
ps_shading_pattern — Creates a pattern based on a shading
-
ps_shading — Creates a shading for later use
-
ps_shfill — Fills an area with a shading
-
ps_show_boxed — Output text in a box
-
ps_show_xy2 — Output text at position
-
ps_show_xy — Output text at given position
-
ps_show2 — Output a text at current position
-
ps_show — Output text
-
ps_string_geometry — Gets geometry of a string
-
ps_stringwidth — Gets width of a string
-
ps_stroke — Draws the current path
-
ps_symbol_name — Gets name of a glyph
-
ps_symbol_width — Gets width of a glyph
-
ps_symbol — Output a glyph
-
ps_translate — Sets translation
- CXXXII. Pspell
-
pspell_add_to_personal — Add the word to a personal wordlist
-
pspell_add_to_session — Add the word to the wordlist in the current session
-
pspell_check — Check a word
-
pspell_clear_session — Clear the current session
-
pspell_config_create — Create a config used to open a dictionary
-
pspell_config_data_dir — location of language data files
-
pspell_config_dict_dir — Location of the main word list
-
pspell_config_ignore — Ignore words less than N characters long
-
pspell_config_mode — Change the mode number of suggestions returned
-
pspell_config_personal — Set a file that contains personal wordlist
-
pspell_config_repl — Set a file that contains replacement pairs
-
pspell_config_runtogether — Consider run-together words as valid compounds
-
pspell_config_save_repl — Determine whether to save a replacement pairs list
along with the wordlist
-
pspell_new_config — Load a new dictionary with settings based on a given config
-
pspell_new_personal — Load a new dictionary with personal wordlist
-
pspell_new — Load a new dictionary
-
pspell_save_wordlist — Save the personal wordlist to a file
-
pspell_store_replacement — Store a replacement pair for a word
-
pspell_suggest — Suggest spellings of a word
- CXXXIII. qtdom
-
qdom_error — Returns the error string from the last QDOM operation or FALSE if no errors occurred
-
qdom_tree — Creates a tree of an XML string
- CXXXIV. radius
-
radius_acct_open — Creates a Radius handle for accounting
-
radius_add_server — Adds a server
-
radius_auth_open — Creates a Radius handle for authentication
-
radius_close — Frees all ressources
-
radius_config — Causes the library to read the given configuration file
-
radius_create_request — Create accounting or authentication request
-
radius_cvt_addr — Converts raw data to IP-Address
-
radius_cvt_int — Converts raw data to integer
-
radius_cvt_string — Converts raw data to string
-
radius_demangle_mppe_key — Derives mppe-keys from mangled data
-
radius_demangle — Demangles data
-
radius_get_attr — Extracts an attribute
-
radius_get_vendor_attr — Extracts a vendor specific attribute
-
radius_put_addr — Attaches an IP-Address attribute
-
radius_put_attr — Attaches a binary attribute
-
radius_put_int — Attaches an integer attribute
-
radius_put_string — Attaches a string attribute
-
radius_put_vendor_addr — Attaches a vendor specific IP-Address attribute
-
radius_put_vendor_attr — Attaches a vendor specific binary attribute
-
radius_put_vendor_int — Attaches a vendor specific integer attribute
-
radius_put_vendor_string — Attaches a vendor specific string attribute
-
radius_request_authenticator — Returns the request authenticator
-
radius_send_request — Sends the request and waites for a reply
-
radius_server_secret — Returns the shared secret
-
radius_strerror — Returns an error message
- CXXXV. Rar
-
rar_close — Close Rar archive and free all resources
-
rar_entry_get — Get entry object from the Rar archive
-
Rar::extract — Extract entry from the archive
-
Rar::getAttr — Get attributes of the entry
-
Rar::getCrc — Get CRC of the entry
-
Rar::getFileTime — Get entry last modification time
-
Rar::getHostOs — Get entry host OS
-
Rar::getMethod — Get pack method of the entry
-
Rar::getName — Get name of the entry
-
Rar::getPackedSize — Get packed size of the entry
-
Rar::getUnpackedSize — Get unpacked size of the entry
-
Rar::getVersion — Get version of the archiver used to add the entry
-
rar_list — Get entries list from the Rar archive
-
rar_open — Open Rar archive
- CXXXVI. Readline
-
readline_add_history — Adds a line to the history
-
readline_callback_handler_install — Initializes the readline callback interface and terminal, prints the prompt and returns immediately
-
readline_callback_handler_remove — Removes a previously installed callback handler and restores terminal settings
-
readline_callback_read_char — Reads a character and informs the readline callback interface when a line is received
-
readline_clear_history — Clears the history
-
readline_completion_function — Registers a completion function
-
readline_info — Gets/sets various internal readline variables
-
readline_list_history — Lists the history
-
readline_on_new_line — Inform readline that the cursor has moved to a new line
-
readline_read_history — Reads the history
-
readline_redisplay — Redraws the display
-
readline_write_history — Writes the history
-
readline — Reads a line
- CXXXVII. Recode
-
recode_file — Recode from file to file according to recode request
-
recode_string — Recode a string according to a recode request
-
recode — Alias of recode_string()
- CXXXVIII. RPMReader
-
rpm_close — Closes an RPM file
-
rpm_get_tag — Retrieves a header tag from an RPM file
-
rpm_is_valid — Tests a filename for validity as an RPM file
-
rpm_open — Opens an RPM file
-
rpm_version — Returns a string representing the current version of the
rpmreader extension
- CXXXIX. runkit
-
Runkit_Sandbox —
Runkit Sandbox Class -- PHP Virtual Machine
-
Runkit_Sandbox_Parent —
Runkit Anti-Sandbox Class
-
runkit_class_adopt —
Convert a base class to an inherited class, add ancestral methods when appropriate
-
runkit_class_emancipate —
Convert an inherited class to a base class, removes any method whose scope is ancestral
-
runkit_constant_add —
Similar to define(), but allows defining in class definitions as well
-
runkit_constant_redefine —
Redefine an already defined constant
-
runkit_constant_remove —
Remove/Delete an already defined constant
-
runkit_function_add —
Add a new function, similar to create_function()
-
runkit_function_copy —
Copy a function to a new function name
-
runkit_function_redefine —
Replace a function definition with a new implementation
-
runkit_function_remove —
Remove a function definition
-
runkit_function_rename —
Change a function's name
-
runkit_import —
Process a PHP file importing function and class definitions, overwriting where appropriate
-
runkit_lint_file —
Check the PHP syntax of the specified file
-
runkit_lint —
Check the PHP syntax of the specified php code
-
runkit_method_add — Dynamically adds a new method to a given class
-
runkit_method_copy — Copies a method from class to another
-
runkit_method_redefine — Dynamically changes the code of the given method
-
runkit_method_remove — Dynamically removes the given method
-
runkit_method_rename — Dynamically changes the name of the given method
-
runkit_return_value_used — Determines if the current functions return value will be used
-
runkit_sandbox_output_handler —
Specify a function to capture and/or process output from a runkit sandbox
-
runkit_superglobals —
Return numerically indexed array of registered superglobals
- CXL. SAM
-
SAMConnection->commit() —
Commits (completes) the current unit of work.
-
SAMConnection->connect() —
Establishes a connection to a Messaging Server
-
SAMConnection->__construct() —
Creates a new connection to a Messaging Server
-
SAMConnection->disconnect() —
Disconnects from a Messaging Server
-
SAMConnection->errno — Contains the unique numeric error code of the last executed SAM operation.
-
SAMConnection->error — Contains the text description of the last failed SAM operation.
-
SAMConnection->isConnected() —
Queries whether a connection is established to a Messaging Server
-
SAMConnection->peek() —
Read a message from a queue without removing it from the queue.
-
SAMConnection->peekAll() —
Read one or more messages from a queue without removing it from the queue.
-
SAMConnection->receive() —
Receive a message from a queue or subscription.
-
SAMConnection->remove() —
Remove a message from a queue.
-
SAMConnection->rollback() —
Cancels (rolls back) an in-flight unit of work.
-
SAMConnection->send() —
Send a message to a queue or publish an item to a topic.
-
SAMConnection::setDebug() —
Turn on or off additional debugging output.
-
SAMConnection->subscribe() —
Create a subscription to a specified topic.
-
SAMConnection->unsubscribe() —
Cancel a subscription to a specified topic.
-
SAMMessage->body —
The body of the message.
-
SAMMessage->__construct() —
Creates a new Message object
-
SAMMessage->header —
The header properties of the message.
- CXLI. Satellite
-
OrbitEnum — Use CORBA enums
-
OrbitObject — Access CORBA objects
-
OrbitStruct — Use CORBA structs
-
satellite_caught_exception — See if an exception was caught from the previous function
-
satellite_exception_id — Get the repository id for the latest exception.
-
satellite_exception_value — Get the exception struct for the latest exception
-
satellite_get_repository_id — NOT IMPLEMENTED
-
satellite_load_idl — Instruct the type manager to load an IDL file
-
satellite_object_to_string — Convert an object to its string representation
- CXLII. SCA
-
SCA_LocalProxy::createDataObject — create an SDO
-
SCA_SoapProxy::createDataObject — create an SDO
-
SCA::createDataObject — create an SDO
-
SCA::getService —
Obtain a proxy for a service
- CXLIII. SDO
-
SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::beginLogging —
Begin change logging
-
SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::endLogging —
End change logging
-
SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::getChangeType —
Get the type of change made to an SDO_DataObject
-
SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::getChangedDataObjects —
Get the changed data objects from a change summary
-
SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::getOldContainer —
Get the old container for a deleted SDO_DataObject
-
SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::getOldValues —
Get the old values for a given changed SDO_DataObject
-
SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::isLogging —
Test to see whether change logging is switched on
-
SDO_DAS_DataFactory::addPropertyToType —
Adds a property to a type
-
SDO_DAS_DataFactory::addType —
Add a new type to a model
-
SDO_DAS_DataFactory::getDataFactory —
Get a data factory instance
-
SDO_DAS_DataObject::getChangeSummary —
Get a data object's change summary
-
SDO_DAS_Setting::getListIndex —
Get the list index for a changed many-valued property
-
SDO_DAS_Setting::getPropertyIndex —
Get the property index for a changed property
-
SDO_DAS_Setting::getPropertyName —
Get the property name for a changed property
-
SDO_DAS_Setting::getValue —
Get the old value for the changed property
-
SDO_DAS_Setting::isSet —
Test whether a property was set prior to being modified
-
SDO_DataFactory::create —
Create an SDO_DataObject
-
SDO_DataObject::clear —
Clear an SDO_DataObject's properties
-
SDO_DataObject::createDataObject —
Create a child SDO_DataObject
-
SDO_DataObject::getContainer —
Get a data object's container
-
SDO_DataObject::getSequence —
Get the sequence for a data object
-
SDO_DataObject::getTypeName —
Return the name of the type for a data object.
-
SDO_DataObject::getTypeNamespaceURI —
Return the namespace URI of the type for a data object.
-
SDO_Exception::getCause —
Get the cause of the exception.
-
SDO_List::insert —
Insert into a list
-
SDO_Model_Property::getContainingType —
Get the SDO_Model_Type which contains this property
-
SDO_Model_Property::getDefault —
Get the default value for the property
-
SDO_Model_Property::getName —
Get the name of the SDO_Model_Property
-
SDO_Model_Property::getType —
Get the SDO_Model_Type of the property
-
SDO_Model_Property::isContainment —
Test to see if the property defines a containment relationship
-
SDO_Model_Property::isMany —
Test to see if the property is many-valued
-
SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::__construct —
Construct an SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject
-
SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::export —
Get a string describing the SDO_DataObject.
-
SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::getContainmentProperty —
Get the property which defines the containment relationship to the data object
-
SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::getInstanceProperties —
Get the instance properties of the SDO_DataObject
-
SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::getType —
Get the SDO_Model_Type for the SDO_DataObject
-
SDO_Model_Type::getBaseType —
Get the base type for this type
-
SDO_Model_Type::getName —
Get the name of the type
-
SDO_Model_Type::getNamespaceURI —
Get the namespace URI of the type
-
SDO_Model_Type::getProperties —
Get the SDO_Model_Property objects defined for the type
-
SDO_Model_Type::getProperty —
Get an SDO_Model_Property of the type
-
SDO_Model_Type::isAbstractType —
Test to see if this SDO_Model_Type is an abstract data type
-
SDO_Model_Type::isDataType —
Test to see if this SDO_Model_Type is a primitive data type
-
SDO_Model_Type::isInstance —
Test for an SDO_DataObject being an instance of this SDO_Model_Type
-
SDO_Model_Type::isOpenType —
Test to see if this type is an open type
-
SDO_Model_Type::isSequencedType —
Test to see if this is a sequenced type
-
SDO_Sequence::getProperty —
Return the property for the specified sequence index.
-
SDO_Sequence::insert —
Insert into a sequence
-
SDO_Sequence::move —
Move an item to another sequence position
- CXLIV. SDO DAS XML
-
SDO_DAS_XML_Document::getRootDataObject —
Returns the root SDO_DataObject
-
SDO_DAS_XML_Document::getRootElementName —
Returns root element's name
-
SDO_DAS_XML_Document::getRootElementURI —
Returns root element's URI string
-
SDO_DAS_XML_Document::setEncoding —
Sets the given string as encoding
-
SDO_DAS_XML_Document::setXMLDeclaration —
Sets the xml declaration
-
SDO_DAS_XML_Document::setXMLVersion —
Sets the given string as xml version
-
SDO_DAS_XML::addTypes —
To load a second or subsequent schema file to a SDO_DAS_XML object
-
SDO_DAS_XML::create —
To create SDO_DAS_XML object for a given schema file
-
SDO_DAS_XML::createDataObject —
Creates SDO_DataObject for a given namespace URI and type name
-
SDO_DAS_XML::createDocument —
Creates an XML Document object from scratch, without the need to load a document from a file or string.
-
SDO_DAS_XML::loadFile —
Returns SDO_DAS_XML_Document object for a given path to xml instance document
-
SDO_DAS_XML::loadString —
Returns SDO_DAS_XML_Document for a given xml instance string
-
SDO_DAS_XML::saveFile —
Saves the SDO_DAS_XML_Document object to a file
-
SDO_DAS_XML::saveString —
Saves the SDO_DAS_XML_Document object to a string
- CXLV. SDO-DAS-Relational
-
SDO_DAS_Relational::applyChanges —
Applies the changes made to a data graph back to the database.
-
SDO_DAS_Relational::__construct —
Creates an instance of a Relational Data Access Service
-
SDO_DAS_Relational::createRootDataObject —
Returns the special root object in an otherwise
empty data graph. Used when creating a data graph from scratch.
-
SDO_DAS_Relational::executePreparedQuery —
Executes an SQL query passed as a prepared statement, with a
list of values to substitute for placeholders, and return the
results as a normalised data graph.
-
SDO_DAS_Relational::executeQuery —
Executes a given SQL query against a relational database
and returns the results as a normalised data graph.
- CXLVI. Semaphore
-
ftok — Convert a pathname and a project identifier to a System V IPC key
-
msg_get_queue — Create or attach to a message queue
-
msg_receive — Receive a message from a message queue
-
msg_remove_queue — Destroy a message queue
-
msg_send — Send a message to a message queue
-
msg_set_queue — Set information in the message queue data structure
-
msg_stat_queue — Returns information from the message queue data structure
-
sem_acquire — Acquire a semaphore
-
sem_get — Get a semaphore id
-
sem_release — Release a semaphore
-
sem_remove — Remove a semaphore
-
shm_attach — Creates or open a shared memory segment
-
shm_detach — Disconnects from shared memory segment
-
shm_get_var — Returns a variable from shared memory
-
shm_put_var — Inserts or updates a variable in shared memory
-
shm_remove_var — Removes a variable from shared memory
-
shm_remove — Removes shared memory from Unix systems
- CXLVII. SESAM
-
sesam_affected_rows — Get number of rows affected by an immediate query
-
sesam_commit — Commit pending updates to the SESAM database
-
sesam_connect — Open SESAM database connection
-
sesam_diagnostic — Return status information for last SESAM call
-
sesam_disconnect — Detach from SESAM connection
-
sesam_errormsg — Returns error message of last SESAM call
-
sesam_execimm — Execute an "immediate" SQL-statement
-
sesam_fetch_array — Fetch one row as an associative array
-
sesam_fetch_result — Return all or part of a query result
-
sesam_fetch_row — Fetch one row as an array
-
sesam_field_array — Return meta information about individual columns in a result
-
sesam_field_name — Return one column name of the result set
-
sesam_free_result — Releases resources for the query
-
sesam_num_fields — Return the number of fields/columns in a result set
-
sesam_query — Perform a SESAM SQL query and prepare the result
-
sesam_rollback — Discard any pending updates to the SESAM database
-
sesam_seek_row — Set scrollable cursor mode for subsequent fetches
-
sesam_settransaction — Set SESAM transaction parameters
- CXLVIII. Session PgSQL
-
session_pgsql_add_error — Increments error counts and sets last error message
-
session_pgsql_get_error — Returns number of errors and last error message
-
session_pgsql_get_field — Get custom field value
-
session_pgsql_reset — Reset connection to session database servers
-
session_pgsql_set_field — Set custom field value
-
session_pgsql_status — Get current save handler status
- CXLIX. Sessions
-
session_cache_expire — Return current cache expire
-
session_cache_limiter — Get and/or set the current cache limiter
-
session_commit — Alias of session_write_close()
-
session_decode — Decodes session data from a string
-
session_destroy — Destroys all data registered to a session
-
session_encode — Encodes the current session data as a string
-
session_get_cookie_params — Get the session cookie parameters
-
session_id — Get and/or set the current session id
-
session_is_registered — Find out whether a global variable is registered in a session
-
session_module_name — Get and/or set the current session module
-
session_name — Get and/or set the current session name
-
session_regenerate_id —
Update the current session id with a newly generated one
-
session_register — Register one or more global variables with the current session
-
session_save_path — Get and/or set the current session save path
-
session_set_cookie_params — Set the session cookie parameters
-
session_set_save_handler — Sets user-level session storage functions
-
session_start — Initialize session data
-
session_unregister — Unregister a global variable from the current session
-
session_unset — Free all session variables
-
session_write_close — Write session data and end session
- CL. shmop
-
shmop_close — Close shared memory block
-
shmop_delete — Delete shared memory block
-
shmop_open — Create or open shared memory block
-
shmop_read — Read data from shared memory block
-
shmop_size — Get size of shared memory block
-
shmop_write — Write data into shared memory block
- CLI. SimpleXML
-
SimpleXMLElement->addAttribute() —
Adds an attribute to the SimpleXML element
-
SimpleXMLElement->addChild() —
Adds a child element to the XML node
-
SimpleXMLElement->asXML() —
Return a well-formed XML string based on SimpleXML element
-
SimpleXMLElement->attributes() — Identifies an element's attributes
-
SimpleXMLElement->children() — Finds children of given node
-
SimpleXMLElement->__construct() —
Creates a new SimpleXMLElement object
-
SimpleXMLElement->getDocNamespaces() —
Returns namespaces declared in document
-
SimpleXMLElement->getName() — Gets the name of the XML element
-
SimpleXMLElement->getNamespaces() —
Returns namespaces used in document
-
SimpleXMLElement->registerXPathNamespace() —
Creates a prefix/ns context for the next XPath query
-
SimpleXMLElement->xpath() — Runs XPath query on XML data
-
simplexml_import_dom — Get a
SimpleXMLElement object from a DOM node.
-
simplexml_load_file —
Interprets an XML file into an object
-
simplexml_load_string —
Interprets a string of XML into an object
- CLII. SNMP
-
snmp_get_quick_print —
Fetches the current value of the UCD library's quick_print setting
-
snmp_get_valueretrieval —
Return the method how the SNMP values will be returned
-
snmp_read_mib —
Reads and parses a MIB file into the active MIB tree
-
snmp_set_enum_print —
Return all values that are enums with their enum value instead of the raw integer
-
snmp_set_oid_numeric_print —
Return all objects including their respective object id within the specified one
-
snmp_set_oid_output_format —
Set the OID output format
-
snmp_set_quick_print — Set the value of quick_print within the UCD SNMP library
-
snmp_set_valueretrieval —
Specify the method how the SNMP values will be returned
-
snmpget — Fetch an SNMP object
-
snmpgetnext —
Fetch a SNMP object
-
snmprealwalk —
Return all objects including their respective object ID within the specified one
-
snmpset — Set an SNMP object
-
snmpwalk — Fetch all the SNMP objects from an agent
-
snmpwalkoid — Query for a tree of information about a network entity
- CLIII. SOAP
-
is_soap_fault —
Checks if SOAP call was failed
-
SoapClient->__call() —
Calls a SOAP function (deprecated)
-
SoapClient->__construct() —
SoapClient constructor
-
SoapClient->__doRequest() —
Performs a SOAP request
-
SoapClient->__getFunctions() —
Returns list of SOAP functions
-
SoapClient->__getLastRequest() —
Returns last SOAP request
-
SoapClient->__getLastRequestHeaders() —
Returns last SOAP request headers
-
SoapClient->__getLastResponse() —
Returns last SOAP response.
-
SoapClient->__getLastResponseHeaders() —
Returns last SOAP response headers.
-
SoapClient->__getTypes() —
Returns list of SOAP types
-
SoapClient->__setCookie() —
Sets the cookie that will be sent with the SOAP request
-
SoapClient->__soapCall() —
Calls a SOAP function
-
SoapFault->__construct() —
SoapFault constructor
-
SoapHeader->__construct() —
SoapHeader constructor
-
SoapParam->__construct() —
SoapParam constructor
-
SoapServer->addFunction() —
Adds one or several functions those will handle SOAP requests
-
SoapServer->__construct() —
SoapServer constructor
-
SoapServer->fault() — Issue SoapServer fault indicating an error
-
SoapServer->getFunctions() —
Returns list of defined functions
-
SoapServer->handle() —
Handles a SOAP request
-
SoapServer->setClass() —
Sets class which will handle SOAP requests
-
SoapServer->setPersistence() —
Sets persistence mode of SoapServer
-
SoapVar->__construct() —
SoapVar constructor
-
use_soap_error_handler — Set whether to use the SOAP error handler and return the former value
- CLIV. Sockets
-
socket_accept — Accepts a connection on a socket
-
socket_bind — Binds a name to a socket
-
socket_clear_error — Clears the error on the socket or the last error code
-
socket_close — Closes a socket resource
-
socket_connect — Initiates a connection on a socket
-
socket_create_listen — Opens a socket on port to accept connections
-
socket_create_pair — Creates a pair of indistinguishable sockets and stores them in an array
-
socket_create — Create a socket (endpoint for communication)
-
socket_get_option — Gets socket options for the socket
-
socket_getpeername — Queries the remote side of the given socket which may either result in host/port or in a Unix filesystem path, dependent on its type
-
socket_getsockname — Queries the local side of the given socket which may either result in host/port or in a Unix filesystem path, dependent on its type
-
socket_last_error — Returns the last error on the socket
-
socket_listen — Listens for a connection on a socket
-
socket_read — Reads a maximum of length bytes from a socket
-
socket_recv — Receives data from a connected socket
-
socket_recvfrom — Receives data from a socket whether or not it is connection-oriented
-
socket_select — Runs the select() system call on the given arrays of sockets with a specified timeout
-
socket_send — Sends data to a connected socket
-
socket_sendto — Sends a message to a socket, whether it is connected or not
-
socket_set_block — Sets blocking mode on a socket resource
-
socket_set_nonblock — Sets nonblocking mode for file descriptor fd
-
socket_set_option — Sets socket options for the socket
-
socket_shutdown — Shuts down a socket for receiving, sending, or both
-
socket_strerror — Return a string describing a socket error
-
socket_write — Write to a socket
- CLV. spl
-
ArrayIterator::current — Return current array entry
-
ArrayIterator::key — Return current array key
-
ArrayIterator::next — Move to next entry
-
ArrayIterator::rewind — Rewind array back to the start
-
ArrayIterator::seek — Seek to position
-
ArrayIterator::valid — Check whether array contains more entries
-
ArrayObject::append — Appends the value
-
ArrayObject::__construct — Construct a new array object
-
ArrayObject::count — Return the number of elements in the Iterator
-
ArrayObject::getIterator — Create a new iterator from an ArrayObject instance
-
ArrayObject::offsetExists — Returns whether the requested $index exists
-
ArrayObject::offsetGet — Returns the value at the specified $index
-
ArrayObject::offsetSet — Sets the value at the specified $index to $newval
-
ArrayObject::offsetUnset — Unsets the value at the specified $index
-
CachingIterator::hasNext — Check whether the inner iterator has a valid next element
-
CachingIterator::next — Move the iterator forward
-
CachingIterator::rewind — Rewind the iterator
-
CachingIterator::__toString — Return the string representation of the current element
-
CachingIterator::valid — Check whether the current element is valid
-
CachingRecursiveIterator::getChildren — Return the inner iterator's children as a CachingRecursiveIterator
-
CachingRecursiveIterator::hasChildren — Check whether the current element of the inner iterator has children
-
DirectoryIterator::__construct — Constructs a new dir iterator from a path
-
DirectoryIterator::current — Return this (needed for Iterator interface)
-
DirectoryIterator::getATime — Get last access time of file
-
DirectoryIterator::getCTime — Get inode modification time of file
-
DirectoryIterator::getFilename — Return filename of current dir entry
-
DirectoryIterator::getGroup — Get file group
-
DirectoryIterator::getInode — Get file inode
-
DirectoryIterator::getMTime — Get last modification time of file
-
DirectoryIterator::getOwner — Get file owner
-
DirectoryIterator::getPath — Return directory path
-
DirectoryIterator::getPathname — Return path and filename of current dir entry
-
DirectoryIterator::getPerms — Get file permissions
-
DirectoryIterator::getSize — Get file size
-
DirectoryIterator::getType — Get file type
-
DirectoryIterator::isDir — Returns true if file is directory
-
DirectoryIterator::isDot — Returns true if current entry is '.' or '..'
-
DirectoryIterator::isExecutable — Returns true if file is executable
-
DirectoryIterator::isFile — Returns true if file is a regular file
-
DirectoryIterator::isLink — Returns true if file is symbolic link
-
DirectoryIterator::isReadable — Returns true if file can be read
-
DirectoryIterator::isWritable — Returns true if file can be written
-
DirectoryIterator::key — Return current dir entry
-
DirectoryIterator::next — Move to next entry
-
DirectoryIterator::rewind — Rewind dir back to the start
-
DirectoryIterator::valid — Check whether dir contains more entries
-
FilterIterator::current — Get the current element value
-
FilterIterator::getInnerIterator — Get the inner iterator
-
FilterIterator::key — Get the current key
-
FilterIterator::next — Move the iterator forward
-
FilterIterator::rewind — Rewind the iterator
-
FilterIterator::valid — Check whether the current element is valid
-
LimitIterator::getPosition — Return the current position
-
LimitIterator::next — Move the iterator forward
-
LimitIterator::rewind — Rewind the iterator to the specified starting offset
-
LimitIterator::seek — Seek to the given position
-
LimitIterator::valid — Check whether the current element is valid
-
ParentIterator::getChildren — Return the inner iterator's children contained in a ParentIterator
-
ParentIterator::hasChildren — Check whether the inner iterator's current element has children
-
ParentIterator::next — Move the iterator forward
-
ParentIterator::rewind — Rewind the iterator
-
RecursiveDirectoryIterator::getChildren — Returns an iterator for the current entry if it is a directory
-
RecursiveDirectoryIterator::hasChildren — Returns whether current entry is a directory and not '.' or '..'
-
RecursiveDirectoryIterator::key — Return path and filename of current dir entry
-
RecursiveDirectoryIterator::next — Move to next entry
-
RecursiveDirectoryIterator::rewind — Rewind dir back to the start
-
RecursiveIteratorIterator::current — Access the current element value
-
RecursiveIteratorIterator::getDepth — Get the current depth of the recursive iteration
-
RecursiveIteratorIterator::getSubIterator — The current active sub iterator
-
RecursiveIteratorIterator::key — Access the current key
-
RecursiveIteratorIterator::next — Move forward to the next element
-
RecursiveIteratorIterator::rewind — Rewind the iterator to the first element of the top level inner iterator
-
RecursiveIteratorIterator::valid — Check whether the current position is valid
-
SimpleXMLIterator::current — Return current SimpleXML entry
-
SimpleXMLIterator::getChildren — Returns an iterator for the current entry if it is a SimpleXML object
-
SimpleXMLIterator::hasChildren — Returns whether current entry is a SimpleXML object
-
SimpleXMLIterator::key — Return current SimpleXML key
-
SimpleXMLIterator::next — Move to next entry
-
SimpleXMLIterator::rewind — Rewind SimpleXML back to the start
-
SimpleXMLIterator::valid — Check whether SimpleXML contains more entries
-
class_implements —
Return the interfaces which are implemented by the given class
-
class_parents —
Return the parent classes of the given class
-
iterator_count — Count the elements in an iterator
-
iterator_to_array — Copy the iterator into an array
-
spl_autoload_call — Try all registered __autoload() function to load the requested class
-
spl_autoload_extensions — Register and return default file extensions for spl_autoload
-
spl_autoload_functions — Return all registered __autoload() functions
-
spl_autoload_register — Register given function as __autoload() implementation
-
spl_autoload_unregister — Unregister given function as __autoload() implementation
-
spl_autoload — Default implementation for __autoload()
-
spl_classes — Return available SPL classes
-
spl_object_hash —
Return hash id for given object
- CLVI. SQLite
-
sqlite_array_query — Execute a query against a given database and returns an array
-
sqlite_busy_timeout — Set busy timeout duration, or disable busy handlers
-
sqlite_changes —
Returns the number of rows that were changed by the most
recent SQL statement
-
sqlite_close — Closes an open SQLite database
-
sqlite_column — Fetches a column from the current row of a result set
-
sqlite_create_aggregate — Register an aggregating UDF for use in SQL statements
-
sqlite_create_function —
Registers a "regular" User Defined Function for use in SQL statements
-
sqlite_current — Fetches the current row from a result set as an array
-
sqlite_error_string — Returns the textual description of an error code
-
sqlite_escape_string — Escapes a string for use as a query parameter
-
sqlite_exec — Executes a result-less query against a given database
-
sqlite_factory — Opens a SQLite database and returns a SQLiteDatabase object
-
sqlite_fetch_all — Fetches all rows from a result set as an array of arrays
-
sqlite_fetch_array — Fetches the next row from a result set as an array
-
sqlite_fetch_column_types —
Return an array of column types from a particular table
-
sqlite_fetch_object — Fetches the next row from a result set as an object
-
sqlite_fetch_single — Fetches the first column of a result set as a string
-
sqlite_fetch_string — Alias of sqlite_fetch_single()
-
sqlite_field_name — Returns the name of a particular field
-
sqlite_has_more — Finds whether or not more rows are available
-
sqlite_has_prev — Returns whether or not a previous row is available
-
sqlite_key — Returns the current row index
-
sqlite_last_error — Returns the error code of the last error for a database
-
sqlite_last_insert_rowid — Returns the rowid of the most recently inserted row
-
sqlite_libencoding — Returns the encoding of the linked SQLite library
-
sqlite_libversion — Returns the version of the linked SQLite library
-
sqlite_next — Seek to the next row number
-
sqlite_num_fields — Returns the number of fields in a result set
-
sqlite_num_rows — Returns the number of rows in a buffered result set
-
sqlite_open — Opens a SQLite database and create the database if it does not exist
-
sqlite_popen —
Opens a persistent handle to an SQLite database and create the database if it does not exist
-
sqlite_prev — Seek to the previous row number of a result set
-
sqlite_query — Executes a query against a given database and returns a result handle
-
sqlite_rewind — Seek to the first row number
-
sqlite_seek — Seek to a particular row number of a buffered result set
-
sqlite_single_query —
Executes a query and returns either an array for one single column or the value of the first row
-
sqlite_udf_decode_binary — Decode binary data passed as parameters to an UDF
-
sqlite_udf_encode_binary — Encode binary data before returning it from an UDF
-
sqlite_unbuffered_query — Execute a query that does not prefetch and buffer all data
-
sqlite_valid — Returns whether more rows are available
- CLVII. SQLite (PDO)
-
PDO_SQLITE DSN — Connecting to SQLite databases
-
PDO->sqliteCreateAggregate() —
Registers an aggregating User Defined Function for use in SQL statements
-
PDO->sqliteCreateFunction() —
Registers a User Defined Function for use in SQL statements
- CLVIII. ssh2
-
ssh2_auth_hostbased_file — Authenticate using a public hostkey
-
ssh2_auth_none — Authenticate as "none"
-
ssh2_auth_password — Authenticate over SSH using a plain password
-
ssh2_auth_pubkey_file — Authenticate using a public key
-
ssh2_connect — Connect to an SSH server
-
ssh2_exec — Execute a command on a remote server
-
ssh2_fetch_stream — Fetch an extended data stream
-
ssh2_fingerprint — Retreive fingerprint of remote server
-
ssh2_methods_negotiated — Return list of negotiated methods
-
ssh2_publickey_add —
Add an authorized publickey
-
ssh2_publickey_init —
Initialize Publickey subsystem
-
ssh2_publickey_list —
List currently authorized publickeys
-
ssh2_publickey_remove —
Remove an authorized publickey
-
ssh2_scp_recv — Request a file via SCP
-
ssh2_scp_send — Send a file via SCP
-
ssh2_sftp_lstat — Stat a symbolic link
-
ssh2_sftp_mkdir — Create a directory
-
ssh2_sftp_readlink — Return the target of a symbolic link
-
ssh2_sftp_realpath — Resolve the realpath of a provided path string
-
ssh2_sftp_rename — Rename a remote file
-
ssh2_sftp_rmdir — Remove a directory
-
ssh2_sftp_stat — Stat a file on a remote filesystem
-
ssh2_sftp_symlink — Create a symlink
-
ssh2_sftp_unlink — Delete a file
-
ssh2_sftp — Initialize SFTP subsystem
-
ssh2_shell — Request an interactive shell
-
ssh2_tunnel — Open a tunnel through a remote server
- CLIX. Statistics
-
stats_absolute_deviation — Returns the absolute deviation of an array of values
-
stats_cdf_beta — CDF function for BETA Distribution. Calculates any one parameter of the beta distribution given values for the others.
-
stats_cdf_binomial — Calculates any one parameter of the binomial distribution given values for the others.
-
stats_cdf_cauchy — Not documented
-
stats_cdf_chisquare — Calculates any one parameter of the chi-square distribution given values for the others.
-
stats_cdf_exponential — Not documented
-
stats_cdf_f — Calculates any one parameter of the F distribution given values for the others.
-
stats_cdf_gamma — Calculates any one parameter of the gamma distribution given values for the others.
-
stats_cdf_laplace — Not documented
-
stats_cdf_logistic — Not documented
-
stats_cdf_negative_binomial — Calculates any one parameter of the negative binomial distribution given values for the others.
-
stats_cdf_noncentral_chisquare — Calculates any one parameter of the non-central chi-square distribution given values for the others.
-
stats_cdf_noncentral_f — Calculates any one parameter of the Non-central F distribution given values for the others.
-
stats_cdf_poisson — Calculates any one parameter of the Poisson distribution given values for the others.
-
stats_cdf_t — Calculates any one parameter of the T distribution given values for the others.
-
stats_cdf_uniform — Not documented
-
stats_cdf_weibull — Not documented
-
stats_covariance — Computes the covariance of two data sets
-
stats_den_uniform — Not documented
-
stats_dens_beta — Not documented
-
stats_dens_cauchy — Not documented
-
stats_dens_chisquare — Not documented
-
stats_dens_exponential — Not documented
-
stats_dens_f
-
stats_dens_gamma — Not documented
-
stats_dens_laplace — Not documented
-
stats_dens_logistic — Not documented
-
stats_dens_negative_binomial — Not documented
-
stats_dens_normal — Not documented
-
stats_dens_pmf_binomial — Not documented
-
stats_dens_pmf_hypergeometric
-
stats_dens_pmf_poisson — Not documented
-
stats_dens_t — Not documented
-
stats_dens_weibull — Not documented
-
stats_harmonic_mean — Returns the harmonic mean of an array of values
-
stats_kurtosis — Computes the kurtosis of the data in the array
-
stats_rand_gen_beta — Generates beta random deviate
-
stats_rand_gen_chisquare — Generates random deviate from the distribution of a chisquare with "df" degrees of freedom random variable.
-
stats_rand_gen_exponential — Generates a single random deviate from an exponential distribution with mean "av"
-
stats_rand_gen_f — Generates a random deviate
-
stats_rand_gen_funiform — Generates uniform float between low (exclusive) and high (exclusive)
-
stats_rand_gen_gamma — Generates random deviates from a gamma distribution
-
stats_rand_gen_ibinomial_negative — Generates a single random deviate from a negative binomial distribution. Arguments : n - the number of trials in the negative binomial distribution from which a random deviate is to be generated (n > 0), p - the probability of an event (0 < p < 1)).
-
stats_rand_gen_ibinomial — Generates a single random deviate from a binomial distribution whose number of trials is "n" (n >= 0) and whose probability of an event in each trial is "pp" ([0;1]). Method : algorithm BTPE
-
stats_rand_gen_int — Generates random integer between 1 and 2147483562
-
stats_rand_gen_ipoisson — Generates a single random deviate from a Poisson distribution with mean "mu" (mu >= 0.0).
-
stats_rand_gen_iuniform — Generates integer uniformly distributed between LOW (inclusive) and HIGH (inclusive)
-
stats_rand_gen_noncenral_chisquare — Generates random deviate from the distribution of a noncentral chisquare with "df" degrees of freedom and noncentrality parameter "xnonc". d must be >= 1.0, xnonc must >= 0.0
-
stats_rand_gen_noncentral_f — Generates a random deviate from the noncentral F (variance ratio) distribution with "dfn" degrees of freedom in the numerator, and "dfd" degrees of freedom in the denominator, and noncentrality parameter "xnonc". Method : directly generates ratio of noncentral numerator chisquare variate to central denominator chisquare variate.
-
stats_rand_gen_noncentral_t — Generates a single random deviate from a noncentral T distribution
-
stats_rand_gen_normal — Generates a single random deviate from a normal distribution with mean, av, and standard deviation, sd (sd >= 0). Method : Renames SNORM from TOMS as slightly modified by BWB to use RANF instead of SUNIF.
-
stats_rand_gen_t — Generates a single random deviate from a T distribution
-
stats_rand_get_seeds — Not documented
-
stats_rand_phrase_to_seeds — generate two seeds for the RGN random number generator
-
stats_rand_ranf — Returns a random floating point number from a uniform distribution over 0 - 1 (endpoints of this interval are not returned) using the current generator
-
stats_rand_setall — Not documented
-
stats_skew — Computes the skewness of the data in the array
-
stats_standard_deviation — Returns the standard deviation
-
stats_stat_binomial_coef — Not documented
-
stats_stat_correlation — Not documented
-
stats_stat_gennch — Not documented
-
stats_stat_independent_t — Not documented
-
stats_stat_innerproduct
-
stats_stat_noncentral_t — Calculates any one parameter of the noncentral t distribution give values for the others.
-
stats_stat_paired_t — Not documented
-
stats_stat_percentile — Not documented
-
stats_stat_powersum — Not documented
-
stats_variance — Returns the population variance
- CLX. Streams
-
stream_bucket_append —
Append bucket to brigade
-
stream_bucket_make_writeable —
Return a bucket object from the brigade for operating on
-
stream_bucket_new —
Create a new bucket for use on the current stream
-
stream_bucket_prepend —
Prepend bucket to brigade
-
stream_context_create — Create a streams context
-
stream_context_get_default — Retreive the default streams context
-
stream_context_get_options — Retrieve options for a stream/wrapper/context
-
stream_context_set_option — Sets an option for a stream/wrapper/context
-
stream_context_set_params — Set parameters for a stream/wrapper/context
-
stream_copy_to_stream — Copies data from one stream to another
-
stream_encoding — Set character set for stream encoding
-
stream_filter_append — Attach a filter to a stream
-
stream_filter_prepend — Attach a filter to a stream
-
stream_filter_register —
Register a stream filter implemented as a PHP class
derived from
php_user_filter
-
stream_filter_remove — Remove a filter from a stream
-
stream_get_contents — Reads remainder of a stream into a string
-
stream_get_filters — Retrieve list of registered filters
-
stream_get_line — Gets line from stream resource up to a given delimiter
-
stream_get_meta_data — Retrieves header/meta data from streams/file pointers
-
stream_get_transports — Retrieve list of registered socket transports
-
stream_get_wrappers — Retrieve list of registered streams
-
stream_register_wrapper — Alias of stream_wrapper_register()
-
stream_resolve_include_path —
Determine what file will be opened by calls to fopen() with a relative path
-
stream_select — Runs the equivalent of the select() system call on the given
arrays of streams with a timeout specified by tv_sec and tv_usec
-
stream_set_blocking — Set blocking/non-blocking mode on a stream
-
stream_set_timeout — Set timeout period on a stream
-
stream_set_write_buffer — Sets file buffering on the given stream
-
stream_socket_accept —
Accept a connection on a socket created by stream_socket_server()
-
stream_socket_client —
Open Internet or Unix domain socket connection
-
stream_socket_enable_crypto —
Turns encryption on/off on an already connected socket
-
stream_socket_get_name — Retrieve the name of the local or remote sockets
-
stream_socket_pair —
Creates a pair of connected, indistinguishable socket streams
-
stream_socket_recvfrom — Receives data from a socket, connected or not
-
stream_socket_sendto — Sends a message to a socket, whether it is connected or not
-
stream_socket_server —
Create an Internet or Unix domain server socket
-
stream_socket_shutdown — Shutdown a full-duplex connection
-
stream_wrapper_register — Register a URL wrapper implemented as a PHP class
-
stream_wrapper_restore — Restores a previously unregistered built-in wrapper
-
stream_wrapper_unregister — Unregister a URL wrapper
- CLXI. Strings
-
addcslashes — Quote string with slashes in a C style
-
addslashes — Quote string with slashes
-
bin2hex — Convert binary data into hexadecimal representation
-
chop — Alias of rtrim()
-
chr — Return a specific character
-
chunk_split — Split a string into smaller chunks
-
convert_cyr_string — Convert from one Cyrillic character set to another
-
convert_uudecode — Decode a uuencoded string
-
convert_uuencode — Uuencode a string
-
count_chars — Return information about characters used in a string
-
crc32 — Calculates the crc32 polynomial of a string
-
crypt — One-way string encryption (hashing)
-
echo — Output one or more strings
-
explode — Split a string by string
-
fprintf — Write a formatted string to a stream
-
get_html_translation_table — Returns the translation table used by htmlspecialchars() and htmlentities()
-
hebrev — Convert logical Hebrew text to visual text
-
hebrevc — Convert logical Hebrew text to visual text with newline conversion
-
html_entity_decode — Convert all HTML entities to their applicable characters
-
htmlentities — Convert all applicable characters to HTML entities
-
htmlspecialchars_decode —
Convert special HTML entities back to characters
-
htmlspecialchars —
Convert special characters to HTML entities
-
implode — Join array elements with a string
-
join — Alias of implode()
-
levenshtein —
Calculate Levenshtein distance between two strings
-
localeconv — Get numeric formatting information
-
ltrim — Strip whitespace (or other characters) from the beginning of a string
-
md5_file — Calculates the md5 hash of a given file
-
md5 — Calculate the md5 hash of a string
-
metaphone — Calculate the metaphone key of a string
-
money_format — Formats a number as a currency string
-
nl_langinfo — Query language and locale information
-
nl2br — Inserts HTML line breaks before all newlines in a string
-
number_format — Format a number with grouped thousands
-
ord — Return ASCII value of character
-
parse_str — Parses the string into variables
-
print — Output a string
-
printf — Output a formatted string
-
quoted_printable_decode — Convert a quoted-printable string to an 8 bit string
-
quotemeta — Quote meta characters
-
rtrim — Strip whitespace (or other characters) from the end of a string
-
setlocale — Set locale information
-
sha1_file — Calculate the sha1 hash of a file
-
sha1 — Calculate the sha1 hash of a string
-
similar_text — Calculate the similarity between two strings
-
soundex — Calculate the soundex key of a string
-
sprintf — Return a formatted string
-
sscanf —
Parses input from a string according to a format
-
str_getcsv —
Parse a CSV string into an array
-
str_ireplace — Case-insensitive version of str_replace().
-
str_pad — Pad a string to a certain length with another string
-
str_repeat — Repeat a string
-
str_replace — Replace all occurrences of the search string with the replacement string
-
str_rot13 — Perform the rot13 transform on a string
-
str_shuffle — Randomly shuffles a string
-
str_split — Convert a string to an array
-
str_word_count —
Return information about words used in a string
-
strcasecmp — Binary safe case-insensitive string comparison
-
strchr — Alias of strstr()
-
strcmp — Binary safe string comparison
-
strcoll — Locale based string comparison
-
strcspn — Find length of initial segment not matching mask
-
strip_tags — Strip HTML and PHP tags from a string
-
stripcslashes — Un-quote string quoted with addcslashes()
-
stripos — Find position of first occurrence of a case-insensitive string
-
stripslashes — Un-quote string quoted with addslashes()
-
stristr — Case-insensitive strstr()
-
strlen — Get string length
-
strnatcasecmp — Case insensitive string comparisons using a "natural order" algorithm
-
strnatcmp — String comparisons using a "natural order" algorithm
-
strncasecmp — Binary safe case-insensitive string comparison of the first n characters
-
strncmp — Binary safe string comparison of the first n characters
-
strpbrk — Search a string for any of a set of characters
-
strpos — Find position of first occurrence of a string
-
strrchr — Find the last occurrence of a character in a string
-
strrev — Reverse a string
-
strripos — Find position of last occurrence of a case-insensitive string in a string
-
strrpos — Find position of last occurrence of a char in a string
-
strspn — Find length of initial segment matching mask
-
strstr — Find first occurrence of a string
-
strtok — Tokenize string
-
strtolower — Make a string lowercase
-
strtoupper — Make a string uppercase
-
strtr — Translate certain characters
-
substr_compare — Binary safe comparison of 2 strings from an offset, up to length characters
-
substr_count — Count the number of substring occurrences
-
substr_replace — Replace text within a portion of a string
-
substr — Return part of a string
-
trim — Strip whitespace (or other characters) from the beginning and end of a string
-
ucfirst — Make a string's first character uppercase
-
ucwords — Uppercase the first character of each word in a string
-
vfprintf — Write a formatted string to a stream
-
vprintf — Output a formatted string
-
vsprintf — Return a formatted string
-
wordwrap — Wraps a string to a given number of characters
- CLXII. SVN
-
svn_add — Schedules the addition of an item in a working directory
-
svn_auth_get_parameter — Retrieves authentication parameter
-
svn_auth_set_parameter — Sets an authentication parameter
-
svn_cat — Returns the contents of a file in a repository
-
svn_checkout — Checks out a working copy from the repository
-
svn_cleanup — Recursively cleanup a working copy directory, finishing incomplete operations and removing locks
-
svn_client_version — Returns the version of the SVN client libraries
-
svn_commit — Sends changes from the local working copy to the repository
-
svn_diff — Recursively diffs two paths
-
svn_fs_abort_txn — Abort a transaction, returns true if everything is ok, false othewise
-
svn_fs_apply_text — Creates and returns a stream that will be used to replace
-
svn_fs_begin_txn2 — Create a new transaction
-
svn_fs_change_node_prop — Return true if everything is ok, false otherwise
-
svn_fs_check_path — Determines what kind of item lives at path in a given repository fsroot
-
svn_fs_contents_changed — Return true if content is different, false otherwise
-
svn_fs_copy — Copies a file or a directory, returns true if all is ok, false otherwise
-
svn_fs_delete — Deletes a file or a directory, return true if all is ok, false otherwise
-
svn_fs_dir_entries — Enumerates the directory entries under path; returns a hash of dir names to file type
-
svn_fs_file_contents — Returns a stream to access the contents of a file from a given version of the fs
-
svn_fs_file_length — Returns the length of a file from a given version of the fs
-
svn_fs_is_dir — Return true if the path points to a directory, false otherwise
-
svn_fs_is_file — Return true if the path points to a file, false otherwise
-
svn_fs_make_dir — Creates a new empty directory, returns true if all is ok, false otherwise
-
svn_fs_make_file — Creates a new empty file, returns true if all is ok, false otherwise
-
svn_fs_node_created_rev — Returns the revision in which path under fsroot was created
-
svn_fs_node_prop — Returns the value of a property for a node
-
svn_fs_props_changed — Return true if props are different, false otherwise
-
svn_fs_revision_prop — Fetches the value of a named property
-
svn_fs_revision_root — Get a handle on a specific version of the repository root
-
svn_fs_txn_root — Creates and returns a transaction root
-
svn_fs_youngest_rev — Returns the number of the youngest revision in the filesystem
-
svn_import — Imports an unversioned path into a repository
-
svn_log — Returns the commit log messages of a repository URL
-
svn_ls — Returns list of directory contents in repository URL, optionally at revision number
-
svn_repos_create — Create a new subversion repository at path
-
svn_repos_fs_begin_txn_for_commit — Create a new transaction
-
svn_repos_fs_commit_txn — Commits a transaction and returns the new revision
-
svn_repos_fs — Gets a handle on the filesystem for a repository
-
svn_repos_hotcopy — Make a hot-copy of the repos at repospath; copy it to destpath
-
svn_repos_open — Open a shared lock on a repository.
-
svn_repos_recover — Run recovery procedures on the repository located at path.
-
svn_status — Returns the status of working copy files and directories
-
svn_update — Update working copy
- CLXIII. SWF
-
swf_actiongeturl — Get a URL from a Shockwave Flash movie
-
swf_actiongotoframe — Play a frame and then stop
-
swf_actiongotolabel — Display a frame with the specified label
-
swf_actionnextframe — Go forward one frame
-
swf_actionplay — Start playing the flash movie from the current frame
-
swf_actionprevframe — Go backwards one frame
-
swf_actionsettarget — Set the context for actions
-
swf_actionstop — Stop playing the flash movie at the current frame
-
swf_actiontogglequality — Toggle between low and high quality
-
swf_actionwaitforframe — Skip actions if a frame has not been loaded
-
swf_addbuttonrecord — Controls location, appearance and active area of the current button
-
swf_addcolor — Set the global add color to the rgba value specified
-
swf_closefile — Close the current Shockwave Flash file
-
swf_definebitmap — Define a bitmap
-
swf_definefont — Defines a font
-
swf_defineline — Define a line
-
swf_definepoly — Define a polygon
-
swf_definerect — Define a rectangle
-
swf_definetext — Define a text string
-
swf_endbutton — End the definition of the current button
-
swf_enddoaction — End the current action
-
swf_endshape — Completes the definition of the current shape
-
swf_endsymbol — End the definition of a symbol
-
swf_fontsize — Change the font size
-
swf_fontslant — Set the font slant
-
swf_fonttracking — Set the current font tracking
-
swf_getbitmapinfo — Get information about a bitmap
-
swf_getfontinfo — Gets font information
-
swf_getframe — Get the frame number of the current frame
-
swf_labelframe — Label the current frame
-
swf_lookat — Define a viewing transformation
-
swf_modifyobject — Modify an object
-
swf_mulcolor — Sets the global multiply color to the rgba value specified
-
swf_nextid — Returns the next free object id
-
swf_oncondition — Describe a transition used to trigger an action list
-
swf_openfile — Open a new Shockwave Flash file
-
swf_ortho2 — Defines 2D orthographic mapping of user coordinates onto the current viewport
-
swf_ortho — Defines an orthographic mapping of user coordinates onto the current viewport
-
swf_perspective — Define a perspective projection transformation
-
swf_placeobject — Place an object onto the screen
-
swf_polarview — Define the viewer's position with polar coordinates
-
swf_popmatrix — Restore a previous transformation matrix
-
swf_posround — Enables or Disables the rounding of the translation when objects are placed or moved
-
swf_pushmatrix — Push the current transformation matrix back unto the stack
-
swf_removeobject — Remove an object
-
swf_rotate — Rotate the current transformation
-
swf_scale — Scale the current transformation
-
swf_setfont — Change the current font
-
swf_setframe — Switch to a specified frame
-
swf_shapearc — Draw a circular arc
-
swf_shapecurveto3 — Draw a cubic bezier curve
-
swf_shapecurveto — Draw a quadratic bezier curve between two points
-
swf_shapefillbitmapclip — Set current fill mode to clipped bitmap
-
swf_shapefillbitmaptile — Set current fill mode to tiled bitmap
-
swf_shapefilloff — Turns off filling
-
swf_shapefillsolid — Set the current fill style to the specified color
-
swf_shapelinesolid — Set the current line style
-
swf_shapelineto — Draw a line
-
swf_shapemoveto — Move the current position
-
swf_showframe — Display the current frame
-
swf_startbutton — Start the definition of a button
-
swf_startdoaction — Start a description of an action list for the current frame
-
swf_startshape — Start a complex shape
-
swf_startsymbol — Define a symbol
-
swf_textwidth — Get the width of a string
-
swf_translate — Translate the current transformations
-
swf_viewport — Select an area for future drawing
- CLXIV. swish
-
Swish::__construct — Construct a Swish object
-
Swish->getMetaList — Get the list of meta entries for the index
-
Swish->getPropertyList — Get the list of properties for the index
-
Swish->prepare — Prepare a search query
-
Swish->query — Execute a query and return results object
-
SwishResult->getMetaList — Get a list of meta entries
-
SwishResult->stem — Stems the given word
-
SwishResults->getParsedWords — Get an array of parsed words
-
SwishResults->getRemovedStopwords — Get an array of stopwords removed from the query
-
SwishResults->nextResult — Get the next search result
-
SwishResults->seekResult — Set current seek pointer to the given position
-
SwishSearch->execute — Execute the search and get the results
-
SwishSearch->resetLimit — Reset the search limits
-
SwishSearch->setLimit — Set the search limits
-
SwishSearch->setPhraseDelimiter — Set the phrase delimiter
-
SwishSearch->setSort — Set the sort order
-
SwishSearch->setStructure — Set the structure flag in the search object
- CLXV. Sybase
-
sybase_affected_rows — Gets number of affected rows in last query
-
sybase_close — Closes a Sybase connection
-
sybase_connect — Opens a Sybase server connection
-
sybase_data_seek — Moves internal row pointer
-
sybase_deadlock_retry_count — Sets the deadlock retry count
-
sybase_fetch_array — Fetch row as array
-
sybase_fetch_assoc — Fetch a result row as an associative array
-
sybase_fetch_field — Get field information from a result
-
sybase_fetch_object — Fetch a row as an object
-
sybase_fetch_row — Get a result row as an enumerated array
-
sybase_field_seek — Sets field offset
-
sybase_free_result — Frees result memory
-
sybase_get_last_message — Returns the last message from the server
-
sybase_min_client_severity — Sets minimum client severity
-
sybase_min_error_severity — Sets minimum error severity
-
sybase_min_message_severity — Sets minimum message severity
-
sybase_min_server_severity — Sets minimum server severity
-
sybase_num_fields — Gets the number of fields in a result set
-
sybase_num_rows — Get number of rows in a result set
-
sybase_pconnect — Open persistent Sybase connection
-
sybase_query — Sends a Sybase query
-
sybase_result — Get result data
-
sybase_select_db — Selects a Sybase database
-
sybase_set_message_handler — Sets the handler called when a server message is raised
-
sybase_unbuffered_query — Send a Sybase query and do not block
- CLXVI. TCP Wrappers
-
tcpwrap_check — Performs a tcpwrap check
- CLXVII. tidy
-
ob_tidyhandler —
ob_start callback function to repair the buffer
-
tidy_access_count —
Returns the Number of Tidy accessibility warnings encountered for specified document
-
tidy_clean_repair —
Execute configured cleanup and repair operations on parsed markup
-
tidy_config_count —
Returns the Number of Tidy configuration errors encountered for specified document
-
tidy::__construct —
Constructs a new tidy object
-
tidy_diagnose —
Run configured diagnostics on parsed and repaired markup
-
tidy_error_count —
Returns the Number of Tidy errors encountered for specified document
-
tidy_get_body —
Returns a tidyNode Object starting from the <body> tag of the tidy parse tree
-
tidy_get_config —
Get current Tidy configuration
-
tidy_get_error_buffer —
Return warnings and errors which occurred parsing the specified document
-
tidy_get_head —
Returns a tidyNode Object starting from the <head> tag of the tidy parse tree
-
tidy_get_html_ver —
Get the Detected HTML version for the specified document
-
tidy_get_html —
Returns a tidyNode Object starting from the <html> tag of the tidy parse tree
-
tidy_get_opt_doc —
Returns the documentation for the given option name
-
tidy_get_output —
Return a string representing the parsed tidy markup
-
tidy_get_release —
Get release date (version) for Tidy library
-
tidy_get_root —
Returns a tidyNode object representing the root of the tidy parse tree
-
tidy_get_status —
Get status of specified document
-
tidy_getopt —
Returns the value of the specified configuration option for the tidy document
-
tidy_is_xhtml —
Indicates if the document is a XHTML document
-
tidy_is_xml —
Indicates if the document is a generic (non HTML/XHTML) XML document
-
tidy_load_config —
Load an ASCII Tidy configuration file with the specified encoding
-
tidy_node->get_attr —
Return the attribute with the provided attribute id
-
tidy_node->get_nodes —
Return an array of nodes under this node with the specified id
-
tidy_node->next —
Returns the next sibling to this node
-
tidy_node->prev —
Returns the previous sibling to this node
-
tidy_parse_file —
Parse markup in file or URI
-
tidy_parse_string —
Parse a document stored in a string
-
tidy_repair_file —
Repair a file and return it as a string
-
tidy_repair_string —
Repair a string using an optionally provided configuration file
-
tidy_reset_config —
Restore Tidy configuration to default values
-
tidy_save_config —
Save current settings to named file
-
tidy_set_encoding —
Set the input/output character encoding for parsing markup
-
tidy_setopt —
Updates the configuration settings for the specified tidy document
-
tidy_warning_count —
Returns the Number of Tidy warnings encountered for specified document
-
tidyNode->hasChildren —
Returns true if this node has children
-
tidyNode->hasSiblings —
Returns true if this node has siblings
-
tidyNode->isAsp —
Returns true if this node is ASP
-
tidyNode->isComment —
Returns true if this node represents a comment
-
tidyNode->isHtml —
Returns true if this node is part of a HTML document
-
tidyNode->isJste —
Returns true if this node is JSTE
-
tidyNode->isPhp —
Returns true if this node is PHP
-
tidyNode->isText —
Returns true if this node represents text (no markup)
-
tidyNode::getParent — returns the parent node of the current node
- CLXVIII. Tokenizer
-
token_get_all — Split given source into PHP tokens
-
token_name — Get the symbolic name of a given PHP token
- CLXIX. Unicode
-
unicode_decode — Convert a binary string into a Unicode string
-
unicode_encode — Convert a unicode string in any encoding
-
unicode_get_error_mode — Get the error mode for strings conversions
-
unicode_get_subst_char — Get the substitution character for string conversion errors
-
unicode_semantics — Check whether unicode semantics is enabled
-
unicode_set_error_mode — Set the error mode for strings conversions
-
unicode_set_subst_char — Set the substitution character for string conversion errors
- CLXX. URLs
-
base64_decode — Decodes data encoded with MIME base64
-
base64_encode — Encodes data with MIME base64
-
get_headers — Fetches all the headers sent by the server in response to a HTTP request
-
get_meta_tags — Extracts all meta tag content attributes from a file and returns an array
-
http_build_query — Generate URL-encoded query string
-
parse_url — Parse a URL and return its components
-
rawurldecode — Decode URL-encoded strings
-
rawurlencode — URL-encode according to RFC 1738
-
urldecode — Decodes URL-encoded string
-
urlencode — URL-encodes string
- CLXXI. Variables handling
-
debug_zval_dump — Dumps a string representation of an internal zend value to output
-
doubleval — Alias of floatval()
-
empty — Determine whether a variable is empty
-
floatval — Get float value of a variable
-
get_defined_vars —
Returns an array of all defined variables
-
get_resource_type —
Returns the resource type
-
gettype — Get the type of a variable
-
import_request_variables — Import GET/POST/Cookie variables into the global scope
-
intval — Get the integer value of a variable
-
is_array — Finds whether a variable is an array
-
is_binary — Finds whether a variable is a native binary string
-
is_bool —
Finds out whether a variable is a boolean
-
is_buffer — Finds whether a variable is a native unicode or binary string
-
is_callable —
Verify that the contents of a variable can be called as a function
-
is_double — Alias of is_float()
-
is_float — Finds whether the type of a variable is float
-
is_int — Find whether the type of a variable is integer
-
is_integer — Alias of is_int()
-
is_long — Alias of is_int()
-
is_null —
Finds whether a variable is
NULL
-
is_numeric —
Finds whether a variable is a number or a numeric string
-
is_object — Finds whether a variable is an object
-
is_real — Alias of is_float()
-
is_resource —
Finds whether a variable is a resource
-
is_scalar —
Finds whether a variable is a scalar
-
is_string — Find whether the type of a variable is string
-
is_unicode — Finds whether a variable is a unicode string
-
isset — Determine whether a variable is set
-
print_r —
Prints human-readable information about a variable
-
serialize — Generates a storable representation of a value
-
settype — Set the type of a variable
-
strval — Get string value of a variable
-
unserialize —
Creates a PHP value from a stored representation
-
unset — Unset a given variable
-
var_dump — Dumps information about a variable
-
var_export — Outputs or returns a parsable string representation of a variable
- CLXXII. Verisign Payflow Pro
-
pfpro_cleanup — Shuts down the Payflow Pro library
-
pfpro_init — Initialises the Payflow Pro library
-
pfpro_process_raw — Process a raw transaction with Payflow Pro
-
pfpro_process — Process a transaction with Payflow Pro
-
pfpro_version — Returns the version of the Payflow Pro software
- CLXXIII. vpopmail
-
vpopmail_add_alias_domain_ex — Add alias to an existing virtual domain
-
vpopmail_add_alias_domain — Add an alias for a virtual domain
-
vpopmail_add_domain_ex — Add a new virtual domain
-
vpopmail_add_domain — Add a new virtual domain
-
vpopmail_add_user — Add a new user to the specified virtual domain
-
vpopmail_alias_add — Insert a virtual alias
-
vpopmail_alias_del_domain — Deletes all virtual aliases of a domain
-
vpopmail_alias_del — Deletes all virtual aliases of a user
-
vpopmail_alias_get_all — Get all lines of an alias for a domain
-
vpopmail_alias_get — Get all lines of an alias for a domain
-
vpopmail_auth_user — Attempt to validate a username/domain/password
-
vpopmail_del_domain_ex — Delete a virtual domain
-
vpopmail_del_domain — Delete a virtual domain
-
vpopmail_del_user — Delete a user from a virtual domain
-
vpopmail_error — Get text message for last vpopmail error
-
vpopmail_passwd — Change a virtual user's password
-
vpopmail_set_user_quota — Sets a virtual user's quota
- CLXXIV. W32api
-
w32api_deftype — Defines a type for use with other w32api_functions
-
w32api_init_dtype — Creates an instance of the data type typename and fills it with the values passed
-
w32api_invoke_function — Invokes function funcname with the arguments passed after the function name
-
w32api_register_function — Registers function function_name from library with PHP
-
w32api_set_call_method — Sets the calling method used
- CLXXV. WDDX
-
wddx_add_vars — Add variables to a WDDX packet with the specified ID
-
wddx_deserialize — Alias of wddx_unserialize()
-
wddx_packet_end — Ends a WDDX packet with the specified ID
-
wddx_packet_start — Starts a new WDDX packet with structure inside it
-
wddx_serialize_value — Serialize a single value into a WDDX packet
-
wddx_serialize_vars — Serialize variables into a WDDX packet
-
wddx_unserialize — Unserializes a WDDX packet
- CLXXVI. win32ps
-
win32_ps_list_procs — List running processes
-
win32_ps_stat_mem — Stat memory utilization
-
win32_ps_stat_proc — Stat process
- CLXXVII. win32service
-
win32_create_service — Creates a new service entry in the SCM database
-
win32_delete_service — Deletes a service entry from the SCM database
-
win32_get_last_control_message — Returns the last control message that was sent to this service
-
win32_query_service_status — Queries the status of a service
-
win32_set_service_status — Update the service status
-
win32_start_service_ctrl_dispatcher — Registers the script with the SCM, so that it can act as the service with the given name
-
win32_start_service — Starts a service
-
win32_stop_service — Stops a service
- CLXXVIII. xattr
-
xattr_get —
Get an extended attribute
-
xattr_list —
Get a list of extended attributes
-
xattr_remove —
Remove an extended attribute
-
xattr_set —
Set an extended attribute
-
xattr_supported —
Check if filesystem supports extended attributes
- CLXXIX. xdiff
-
xdiff_file_diff_binary — Make binary diff of two files
-
xdiff_file_diff — Make unified diff of two files
-
xdiff_file_merge3 — Merge 3 files into one
-
xdiff_file_patch_binary — Patch a file with a binary diff
-
xdiff_file_patch — Patch a file with an unified diff
-
xdiff_string_diff_binary — Make binary diff of two strings
-
xdiff_string_diff — Make unified diff of two strings
-
xdiff_string_merge3 — Merge 3 strings into one
-
xdiff_string_patch_binary — Patch a string with a binary diff
-
xdiff_string_patch — Patch a string with an unified diff
- CLXXX. XML
-
utf8_decode —
Converts a string with ISO-8859-1 characters encoded with UTF-8
to single-byte ISO-8859-1
-
utf8_encode — Encodes an ISO-8859-1 string to UTF-8
-
xml_error_string — Get XML parser error string
-
xml_get_current_byte_index — Get current byte index for an XML parser
-
xml_get_current_column_number —
Get current column number for an XML parser
-
xml_get_current_line_number — Get current line number for an XML parser
-
xml_get_error_code — Get XML parser error code
-
xml_parse_into_struct — Parse XML data into an array structure
-
xml_parse — Start parsing an XML document
-
xml_parser_create_ns — Create an XML parser with namespace support
-
xml_parser_create — Create an XML parser
-
xml_parser_free — Free an XML parser
-
xml_parser_get_option — Get options from an XML parser
-
xml_parser_set_option — Set options in an XML parser
-
xml_set_character_data_handler — Set up character data handler
-
xml_set_default_handler — Set up default handler
-
xml_set_element_handler — Set up start and end element handlers
-
xml_set_end_namespace_decl_handler — Set up end namespace declaration handler
-
xml_set_external_entity_ref_handler — Set up external entity reference handler
-
xml_set_notation_decl_handler — Set up notation declaration handler
-
xml_set_object — Use XML Parser within an object
-
xml_set_processing_instruction_handler —
Set up processing instruction (PI) handler
-
xml_set_start_namespace_decl_handler —
Set up start namespace declaration handler
-
xml_set_unparsed_entity_decl_handler —
Set up unparsed entity declaration handler
- CLXXXI. XML-RPC
-
xmlrpc_decode_request — Decodes XML into native PHP types
-
xmlrpc_decode — Decodes XML into native PHP types
-
xmlrpc_encode_request — Generates XML for a method request
-
xmlrpc_encode — Generates XML for a PHP value
-
xmlrpc_get_type — Gets xmlrpc type for a PHP value
-
xmlrpc_is_fault — Determines if an array value represents an XMLRPC fault
-
xmlrpc_parse_method_descriptions — Decodes XML into a list of method descriptions
-
xmlrpc_server_add_introspection_data — Adds introspection documentation
-
xmlrpc_server_call_method — Parses XML requests and call methods
-
xmlrpc_server_create — Creates an xmlrpc server
-
xmlrpc_server_destroy — Destroys server resources
-
xmlrpc_server_register_introspection_callback — Register a PHP function to generate documentation
-
xmlrpc_server_register_method — Register a PHP function to resource method matching method_name
-
xmlrpc_set_type — Sets xmlrpc type, base64 or datetime, for a PHP string value
- CLXXXII. XMLReader
-
XMLReader::close — Close the XMLReader input
-
XMLReader::expand — Returns a copy of the current node as a DOM object
-
XMLReader::getAttribute — Get the value of a named attribute
-
XMLReader::getAttributeNo — Get the value of an attribute by index
-
XMLReader::getAttributeNs — Get the value of an attribute by localname and URI
-
XMLReader::getParserProperty —
Indicates if specified property has been set
-
XMLReader::isValid — Indicates if the parsed document is valid
-
XMLReader::lookupNamespace — Lookup namespace for a prefix
-
XMLReader::moveToAttribute — Move cursor to a named attribute
-
XMLReader::moveToAttributeNo — Move cursor to an attribute by index
-
XMLReader::moveToAttributeNs — Move cursor to a named attribute
-
XMLReader::moveToElement — Position cursor on the parent Element of current Attribute
-
XMLReader::moveToFirstAttribute — Position cursor on the first Attribute
-
XMLReader::moveToNextAttribute — Position cursor on the next Attribute
-
XMLReader::next — Move cursor to next node skipping all subtrees
-
XMLReader::open — Set the URI containing the XML to parse
-
XMLReader::read — Move to next node in document
-
XMLReader::setParserProperty — Set or Unset parser options
-
XMLReader::setRelaxNGSchema — Set the filename or URI for a RelaxNG Schema
-
XMLReader::setRelaxNGSchemaSource — Set the data containing a RelaxNG Schema
-
XMLReader::XML — Set the data containing the XML to parse
- CLXXXIII. XMLWriter
-
XMLWriter::endAttribute — End attribute
-
XMLWriter::endCData — End current CDATA
-
XMLWriter::endComment — Create end comment
-
XMLWriter::endDocument — End current document
-
XMLWriter::endDTDAttlist — End current DTD AttList
-
XMLWriter::endDTDElement — End current DTD element
-
XMLWriter::endDTDEntity — End current DTD Entity
-
XMLWriter::endDTD — End current DTD
-
XMLWriter::endElement — End current element
-
XMLWriter::endPI — End current PI
-
XMLWriter::flush — Flush current buffer
-
XMLWriter::fullEndElement — End current element
-
XMLWriter::openMemory — Create new xmlwriter using memory for string output
-
XMLWriter::openURI — Create new xmlwriter using source uri for output
-
XMLWriter::outputMemory — Returns current buffer
-
XMLWriter::setIndentString — Set string used for indenting
-
XMLWriter::setIndent — Toggle indentation on/off
-
XMLWriter::startAttributeNS — Create start namespaced attribute
-
XMLWriter::startAttribute — Create start attribute
-
XMLWriter::startCData — Create start CDATA tag
-
XMLWriter::startComment — Create start comment
-
XMLWriter::startDocument — Create document tag
-
XMLWriter::startDTDAttlist — Create start DTD AttList
-
XMLWriter::startDTDElement — Create start DTD element
-
XMLWriter::startDTDEntity — Create start DTD Entity
-
XMLWriter::startDTD — Create start DTD tag
-
XMLWriter::startElementNS — Create start namespaced element tag
-
XMLWriter::startElement — Create start element tag
-
XMLWriter::startPI — Create start PI tag
-
XMLWriter::text — Write text
-
XMLWriter::writeAttributeNS — Write full namespaced attribute
-
XMLWriter::writeAttribute — Write full attribute
-
XMLWriter::writeCData — Write full CDATA tag
-
XMLWriter::writeComment — Write full comment tag
-
XMLWriter::writeDTDAttlist — Write full DTD AttList tag
-
XMLWriter::writeDTDElement — Write full DTD element tag
-
XMLWriter::writeDTDEntity — Write full DTD Entity tag
-
XMLWriter::writeDTD — Write full DTD tag
-
XMLWriter::writeElementNS — Write full namesapced element tag
-
XMLWriter::writeElement — Write full element tag
-
XMLWriter::writePI — Writes a PI
-
XMLWriter::writeRaw — Write a raw XML text
- CLXXXIV. XSL
-
XSLTProcessor::__construct — Creates a new XSLTProcessor object
-
XSLTProcessor::getParameter — Get value of a parameter
-
XSLTProcessor::hasExsltSupport — Determine if PHP has EXSLT support
-
XSLTProcessor::importStylesheet — Import stylesheet
-
XSLTProcessor::registerPHPFunctions — Enables the ability to use PHP functions as XSLT functions
-
XSLTProcessor::removeParameter — Remove parameter
-
XSLTProcessor::setParameter — Set value for a parameter
-
XSLTProcessor::transformToDoc — Transform to a DOMDocument
-
XSLTProcessor::transformToURI — Transform to URI
-
XSLTProcessor::transformToXML — Transform to XML
- CLXXXV. XSLT
-
xslt_backend_info — Returns the information on the compilation settings of the backend
-
xslt_backend_name — Returns the name of the backend
-
xslt_backend_version — Returns the version number of Sablotron
-
xslt_create — Create a new XSLT processor
-
xslt_errno — Returns an error number
-
xslt_error — Returns an error string
-
xslt_free — Free XSLT processor
-
xslt_getopt — Get options on a given xsl processor
-
xslt_process — Perform an XSLT transformation
-
xslt_set_base — Set the base URI for all XSLT transformations
-
xslt_set_encoding — Set the encoding for the parsing of XML documents
-
xslt_set_error_handler — Set an error handler for a XSLT processor
-
xslt_set_log — Set the log file to write log messages to
-
xslt_set_object — Sets the object in which to resolve callback functions
-
xslt_set_sax_handler — Set SAX handlers for a XSLT processor
-
xslt_set_sax_handlers — Set the SAX handlers to be called when the XML document gets processed
-
xslt_set_scheme_handler — Set Scheme handlers for a XSLT processor
-
xslt_set_scheme_handlers — Set the scheme handlers for the XSLT processor
-
xslt_setopt — Set options on a given xsl processor
- CLXXXVI. YAZ
-
yaz_addinfo — Returns additional error information
-
yaz_ccl_conf — Configure CCL parser
-
yaz_ccl_parse — Invoke CCL Parser
-
yaz_close — Close YAZ connection
-
yaz_connect —
Prepares for a connection to a Z39.50 server
-
yaz_database —
Specifies the databases within a session
-
yaz_element —
Specifies Element-Set Name for retrieval
-
yaz_errno — Returns error number
-
yaz_error — Returns error description
-
yaz_es_result —
Inspects Extended Services Result
-
yaz_es —
Prepares for an Extended Service Request
-
yaz_get_option — Returns value of option for connection
-
yaz_hits — Returns number of hits for last search
-
yaz_itemorder —
Prepares for Z39.50 Item Order with an ILL-Request package
-
yaz_present —
Prepares for retrieval (Z39.50 present)
-
yaz_range —
Specifies a range of records to retrieve
-
yaz_record — Returns a record
-
yaz_scan_result — Returns Scan Response result
-
yaz_scan — Prepares for a scan
-
yaz_schema —
Specifies schema for retrieval
-
yaz_search — Prepares for a search
-
yaz_set_option — Sets one or more options for connection
-
yaz_sort — Sets sorting criteria
-
yaz_syntax —
Specifies the preferred record syntax for retrieval
-
yaz_wait — Wait for Z39.50 requests to complete
- CLXXXVII. YP/NIS
-
yp_all — Traverse the map and call a function on each entry
-
yp_cat — Return an array containing the entire map
-
yp_err_string — Returns the error string associated with the given error code
-
yp_errno — Returns the error code of the previous operation
-
yp_first — Returns the first key-value pair from the named map
-
yp_get_default_domain — Fetches the machine's default NIS domain
-
yp_master — Returns the machine name of the master NIS server for a map
-
yp_match — Returns the matched line
-
yp_next — Returns the next key-value pair in the named map
-
yp_order — Returns the order number for a map
- CLXXXVIII. Zip
-
zip_close — Close a ZIP file archive
-
zip_entry_close — Close a directory entry
-
zip_entry_compressedsize — Retrieve the compressed size of a directory entry
-
zip_entry_compressionmethod — Retrieve the compression method of a directory entry
-
zip_entry_filesize — Retrieve the actual file size of a directory entry
-
zip_entry_name — Retrieve the name of a directory entry
-
zip_entry_open — Open a directory entry for reading
-
zip_entry_read — Read from an open directory entry
-
zip_open — Open a ZIP file archive
-
zip_read — Read next entry in a ZIP file archive
-
ZipArchive::addEmptyDir — Add a new directory
-
ZipArchive::addFile — Adds a file to a ZIP archive from the given path
-
ZipArchive::addFromString — Add a file to a ZIP archive using its contents
-
ZipArchive::close — Close the active archive (opened or newly created)
-
ZipArchive::deleteIndex — delete an entry in the archive using its index
-
ZipArchive::deleteName — delete an entry in the archive using its name
-
ZipArchive::extractTo — Extract the archive contents
-
ZipArchive::getArchiveComment — Returns the Zip archive comment
-
ZipArchive::getCommentIndex — Returns the comment of an entry using the entry index
-
ZipArchive::getCommentName — Returns the comment of an entry using the entry name
-
ZipArchive::getFromIndex — Returns the entry contents using its index.
-
ZipArchive::getFromName — Returns the entry contents using its name.
-
ZipArchive::getNameIndex — Returns the name of an entry using its index
-
ZipArchive::getStream — Get a file handler to the entry defined by its name (read only).
-
ZipArchive::locateName — Returns the index of the entry in the archive
-
ZipArchive::open — Open a ZIP file archive
-
ZipArchive::renameIndex — Renames an entry defined by its index
-
ZipArchive::renameName — Renames an entry defined by its name
-
ZipArchive::setArchiveComment — Set the comment of a ZIP archive
-
ZipArchive::setCommentIndex — Set the comment of an entry defined by its index
-
ZipArchive::setCommentName — Set the comment of an entry defined by its name
-
ZipArchive::statIndex — Get the details of an entry defined by its index.
-
ZipArchive::statName — Get the details of an entry defined by its name.
-
ZipArchive::unchangeAll — Undo all changes done in the archive.
-
ZipArchive::unchangeArchive — Revert all global changes done in the archive.
-
ZipArchive::unchangeIndex — Revert all changes done to an entry at the given index.
-
ZipArchive::unchangeName — Revert all changes done to an entry with the given name.
- CLXXXIX. Zlib
-
gzclose — Close an open gz-file pointer
-
gzcompress — Compress a string
-
gzdecode — Decodes a gzip compressed string
-
gzdeflate — Deflate a string
-
gzencode — Create a gzip compressed string
-
gzeof — Test for end-of-file on a gz-file pointer
-
gzfile — Read entire gz-file into an array
-
gzgetc — Get character from gz-file pointer
-
gzgets — Get line from file pointer
-
gzgetss —
Get line from gz-file pointer and strip HTML tags
-
gzinflate — Inflate a deflated string
-
gzopen — Open gz-file
-
gzpassthru —
Output all remaining data on a gz-file pointer
-
gzputs — Alias of gzwrite()
-
gzread — Binary-safe gz-file read
-
gzrewind — Rewind the position of a gz-file pointer
-
gzseek — Seek on a gz-file pointer
-
gztell — Tell gz-file pointer read/write position
-
gzuncompress — Uncompress a compressed string
-
gzwrite — Binary-safe gz-file write
-
readgzfile — Output a gz-file
-
zlib_get_coding_type — Returns the coding type used for output compression
VII. FAQ
- 1. General Information
- 2. Mailing lists
- 3. Obtaining PHP
- 4. Database issues
- 5. Installation
- 6. Build Problems
- 7. Using PHP
- 8. PHP and HTML
- 9. PHP and COM
- 10. PHP and other languages
- 11. Migrating from PHP 2 to PHP 3
- 12. Migrating from PHP 3 to PHP 4
- 13. Migrating from PHP 4 to PHP 5
- 14. Miscellaneous Questions
VIII. Appendices
- A. History of PHP and related projects
- History of PHP
- PHP/FI
- PHP 3
- PHP 4
- PHP 5
- History of PHP related projects
- PEAR
- PHP Quality Assurance Initiative
- PHP-GTK
- Books about PHP
- Publications about PHP
- B. Migrating from PHP 5.1.x to PHP 5.2.x
- What has changed in PHP 5.2.x
- Backward Incompatible Changes
- New Error Messages
- Changes in PHP datetime
support
- New Parameters
- New Functions
- New Methods
- Removed Extensions
- New Extensions
- New Classes
- New Global Constants
- New Class Constants
- New INI Configuration Directives
- Error Reporting
- Other Enhancements
- C. Migrating from PHP 5.0.x to PHP 5.1.x
- Key PHP 5.1.x features
- Changes in reference handling
- Overview
- Code that worked under PHP 4.3, but now fails
- Code that worked under PHP 4.3.x, but now throws an error
- Code that failed under PHP 4.3.x, but now works
- Code that should have worked under PHP 5.0.x
- Warnings that came and went
- Reading []
- Integer values in function parameters
- Class and object changes
- instanceof, is_a(),
is_subclass_of() and catch
- Abstract private methods
- Access modifiers in interfaces
- Changes in inheritance rules
- Class constants
- Extensions
- Extensions that are gone from the PHP core
- Class constants in new PHP 5.1.x extensions
- Date/time support
- Changes in database support
- PDO overview
- Changes in MySQL support
- Changes in SQLite support
- Checking for E_STRICT
- D. Migrating from PHP 4 to PHP 5
- What has changed in PHP 5
- Backward Incompatible Changes
- CLI and CGI
- Migrating Configuration Files
- New Functions
- New Directives
- Databases
- New Object Model
- Error Reporting
- E. Migrating from PHP 3 to PHP 4
- What has changed in PHP 4
- Running PHP 3 and PHP 4 concurrently
- Migrating Configuration Files
- Parser behavior
- Error reporting
- Configuration changes
- Additional warning messages
- Initializers
- empty('0')
- Missing functions
- Functions missing due to conceptual changes
- Deprecate functions and extensions
- Changed status for unset
- PHP 3 extension
- Variable substitution in strings
- Cookies
- Handling of global variables
- F. Migrating from PHP/FI 2 to PHP 3
- About the incompatibilities in 3.0
- old_function
- Start/end tags
- if..endif syntax
- while syntax
- Expression types
- Error messages have changed
- Short-circuited boolean evaluation
- Function
TRUE /FALSE return values
- Other incompatibilities
- G. Debugging PHP
- About the debugger
- Using the Debugger
- Debugger Protocol
- H. Configure options
- List of core configure options
- Configure Options in PHP 4
- I.
php.ini directives
- List of
php.ini directives
- Description of core
php.ini directives
- Httpd Options
- Language Options
- Resource Limits
- Performance Tuning
- Data Handling
- Paths and Directories
- File Uploads
- General SQL
- Debugger Configuration Directives
- J. List of Supported Timezones
- List of timezones in the group Africa
- List of timezones in the group America
- List of timezones in the group Antarctica
- List of timezones in the group Arctic
- List of timezones in the group Asia
- List of timezones in the group Atlantic
- List of timezones in the group Australia
- List of timezones in the group Europe
- List of timezones in the group Indian
- List of timezones in the group Pacific
- List of timezones in the group Others
- K. Extension Categorization
- Purpose
- Basic PHP Extensions
- Database Extensions
- XML Manipulation
- Web Services
- Credit Card Processing
- Math and Cryptography
- Human Language and Character Encoding Support
- File System and Process Control
- Accessing Services
- Compression Extensions
- Calendar and Event Related Extensions
- Utilization Area Specific Extensions
- Membership
- Core Extensions
- Bundled Extensions
- External Extensions
- PECL Extensions
- State
- Deprecated Extensions
- Experimental Extensions
- L. List of Function Aliases
- M. List of Reserved Words
- List of Keywords
- Predefined Variables
- Server variables:
$_SERVER
- Environment variables:
$_ENV
- HTTP Cookies:
$_COOKIE
- HTTP GET variables:
$_GET
- HTTP POST variables:
$_POST
- HTTP File upload variables:
$_FILES
- Request variables:
$_REQUEST
- Session variables:
$_SESSION
- Global variables:
$GLOBALS
- The previous error message:
$php_errormsg
- Raw POST data:
$HTTP_RAW_POST_DATA
- HTTP response headers:
$http_response_header
- Predefined Classes
- Standard Defined Classes
- Predefined classes as of PHP 5
- Predefined Constants
- Core Predefined Constants
- Standard Predefined Constants
- N. List of Resource Types
- O. List of Supported Protocols/Wrappers
- Filesystem
- Socket
- HTTP and HTTPS
- FTP and FTPS
- PHP input/output streams
- Compression Streams
- Data (RFC 2397)
- Secure Shell 2
- Audio Streams
- Process Interaction Streams
- P. List of Available Filters
- String Filters
- Conversion Filters
- Compression Filters
- Encryption Filters
- Q. List of Supported Socket Transports
- Internet Domain: TCP, UDP, SSL, and TLS
- Unix Domain: Unix and UDG
- R. PHP type comparison tables
- S. List of Parser Tokens
- T. Userland Naming Guide
- Global Namespace
- Rules
|
|